LLG General Catalogue 2014 UK Chapter 14

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

14. Chromatography Contents

Vials General information vials and caps Autosampler Compatibility List Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials Septa and cap recommendation Vials, Septa NMR tubes

Syringes Microlitre Syringes Disposable syringes

Sample preparation SPE Syringe filters

Liquid chromatography HPLC columns Glass columns Solvent storage/handling

Gas chromatography Gas generators GC columns GC reagents GC consumables

Thin-layer chromatography Plates Detection Chambers Accessories

1366 1366 1367 1374 1379 1381 1398

1399 1399 1406

1408 1408 1420

1425 1425 1443 1444

1450 1450 1455 1466 1470

1473 1473 1478 1478 1480

1365

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/General information vials and caps General information about vials and caps

Technical Information – Vials In chromatography a broad variety of glass or plastic vials are used as sample containers for analysis usage. As they are mainly used within autosamplers or any other automatic instrument, strict obedience of all dimensions is crucial for a troubleͲfree run. Besides these physical properties the vials also have to fulfill requirements regarding inertness and cleanliness, as otherwise analysis results may be incorrect.

LLG Labware consider the physical and chemical demands in their production process by various implementations: Almost all vials are made out of 1st hydrolytic class glass. First hydrolytic class glass is very hard and has a low expansion coefficient even at high temperature variations. It shows an excellent chemical resistance to acidic and neutral solutions, and even to alkaline solutions due to its relatively low Alkali content. Higher density of the glass surface offers a higher hydrolytic resistance. Clear Glass of 1st hydrolytic class is differentiated by 33 expansion (Type 1, Class A) and 51 expansion glass (Type 1, Class B), whereas amber is generally worldwide only available as 51 expansion glass.

The indicated lower expansion coefficient of 33 implies that this harder clear glass has to be processed at higher temperatures. These amount to approx. 1,200°C for 33 expansion glass in comparison to only approx. 1,000°C for glass of 51 expansion. In the USA typically clear glass in 33 expansion and amber glass in 51 expansion is used, whereas in Europe solely 51 expansion glass is processed. From a quality point of view both types of glass are equally suitable for usage in chromatography, as they both are glasses of 1st hydrolytic class.

Technical Information – Seals Seals are the assembled combination of a cap and a septa. To carry out a correct analysis, it is important that besides the vial the seal is also inert and uncontaminated The closures sold by LLG Labware are automatically assembled and packed according to internally defined conditions of the supplier. Photocells check the sideͲorientation of the liner, so that it is ensured that the PTFE lamination is always directed towards the sample to build an inert barrier between sample and carrier material of the septa. A gauge control ensures that not more or less than one septa is installed.

The final seals are automatically counted – and not weighed – by automates to guarantee quantity obedience. They are packed in tamperͲproof evident zipͲlock bags that allow easy identification of the content due to the transparent PE material. The zipͲlock enables resealing of the bag to avoid any contamination of the closures during consumption. The batch number of the manufactured seal is printed on each PEͲbag for traceability.

Technical Information – Septa The right choice of septa depends on the application. Almost all septa are laminated on one side with PTFE, which has a high chemical resistance and forms an inert barrier between sample and carrier material of the septa. The carrier materials have different physical and chemical properties, such as temperature resistance, resealability properties, cleanliness, hardness, thickness, etc.

The individual conditions of the customer’s application aim at the specific characteristics of the carrier material, e.g.: Multiple injection?

good resealability properties necessary

Ͳ40°C

Ͳ40°C

Ͳ60°C

up to

up to

up to

120°C

110°C

Natural Natural Red Rubber/TEF; Rubber/TEF Rubber/PTFE Butyl/PTFE

1366

thin, fragile needle?

Temperature?

200°C

blunt, thick needle?

slitted/preͲ soft and thin cut liner as septa penetration required aid (HPLC)

e.g.

Silicon/ Silicon/ PTFE PTFE

E & OE.

critical analysis?

very clean liner required

e.g. Silicon/ 08 02 0039 PTFE

low coring?

both sided PTFE laminated liners required

PTFE/Silicon/ PTFE PTFE/Butyl/ PTFE

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

Agilent Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Agilent GC, HPLC and Headspace instruments.

Agilent GC Products Vials

MicroͲInserts

Seals

Crimp Neck Agilent Screw Neck Agilent Crimp Neck ND 8 Art.ͲNo. ND9 Art.ͲNo. ND11 4.001 554 5180Ͳ0841 9.003 448 5182Ͳ0714 7.086 520 6.235 006 5180Ͳ0844 6.803 174 5182Ͳ0715 7.608 160 6.088 871 5182Ͳ0716 7.620 828 4.008 249 5183Ͳ2030 6.233 918 7.401 744 5183Ͳ2085 7.401 744 6.093 247 5181Ͳ1270 6.093 247 4.008 196 5181Ͳ3377 4.008 196 9.003 444 5180Ͳ0842 4.008 228 5182Ͳ0717 4.008 243 9.003 451 5182Ͳ0720 9.003 446 4.008 218 5182Ͳ0723 7.050 759 4.008 216 5182Ͳ0717 4.001 564 4.008 214 5185Ͳ5823 4.008 239

Agilent Art.ͲNo. 5181Ͳ3375 5182Ͳ0543 5181Ͳ3376 9301Ͳ1388 5183Ͳ2085 5181Ͳ1270 5181Ͳ3377 5181Ͳ1210 5182Ͳ0552 5181Ͳ1211 5188Ͳ5386 5181Ͳ1210

Agilent HPLC Products Vials

MicroͲInserts

Seals

Screw Neck ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 6.088 871 4.008 249 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 228 9.003 451 4,008 218 4.008 216 4.008 214 4.008 215 4.001 521

Agilent Crimp Neck Art.ͲNo. ND11 5182Ͳ0714 7.086 520 5182Ͳ0715 7.608 160 5182Ͳ0716 7.620 828 5183Ͳ2030 6.233 918 5183Ͳ2085 7.401 744 5181Ͳ1270 6.093 247 5181Ͳ3377 4.008 196 5182Ͳ0717 4.008 243 5182Ͳ0720 9.003 446 5182Ͳ0723 7.050 759 5182Ͳ0717 4.001 564 5185Ͳ5823 4.008 239 5185Ͳ5824 4.001 555 5183Ͳ2076

Agilent Art.ͲNo. 5181Ͳ3375 5182Ͳ0543 5181Ͳ3376 9301Ͳ1388 5183Ͳ2085 5181Ͳ1270 5181Ͳ3377 5181Ͳ1210 5182Ͳ0552 5181Ͳ1211 5188Ͳ5386 5181Ͳ1210

Snap Ring ND11 6.073 833 7.622 228 7.613 330 4.008 255 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 257 4.008 258 4.008 259 4.008 256

Agilent Art.ͲNo. 5182Ͳ0544 5182Ͳ0546 5182Ͳ0545 5188Ͳ6593 5183Ͳ2085 5181Ͳ1270 5181Ͳ3377 5182Ͳ3458 5182Ͳ0541 5182Ͳ0566 5183Ͳ4511

Agilent Headspace Products

Vials

Seals

Headspace Screw ND 18 (Combi Pal + G 1888A) 9.003 466 6.227 874 4.008 270 6.237 909 4.008 268

Agilent Headspace Art.ͲNo. Crimp Neck ND 20

5188Ͳ5392 5188Ͳ6538 5188Ͳ2753 5188Ͳ6537 5188Ͳ2759

Agilent Art.ͲNo.

7.050 285 9.003 452

5182Ͳ0838 5182Ͳ0837

4.001 557 9.003 460 9.003 453

5183Ͳ4479 5183Ͳ4477 5183Ͳ4474

Autosampler compatibility chart The autosampler compatibility chart generally shows the most typical LLG-Labware vials and closures for usage on instruments of different manufacturers.

Additionally the corresponding part number of the manufacturer is indicated. Beside these there also may be further products in our catalogue which may technically and functionally be suitable. We will gladly recommend other suitable products.

If applicable for a manufacturer, each table has been divided by the application HPLC, GC and Headspace. We generally recommend asking for cost-free samples for testing purposes.

We kindly ask for your understanding that we do not take any guarantee for the correctness nor for the completeness of the data indicated here.

E & OE.

1367

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

C T C Analytics Alternative LLG Labware products for use on CTC Analytics GC, HPLC and Headspace instruments.

CTC Analytics GC Products Vials

Crimp Neck ND 8 4.001 554 6.235 606 4.001 515 6.902 044 4.008 202 4.008 203

C T C Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 6.088 871 4.008 249

MicroͲInserts

Seals

C T C Crimp Neck Art.ͲNo. ND11 7.086 520 7.608 160 7.620 828 6.233 918

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 228 9.003 451 4.001 521 4,008 218 4.008 215

9.003 444 4.008 198

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 564 9.003 446 7.050 759

C T C Art.ͲNo.

GC PAL

CTC Analytics HPLC Products Vials

Crimp Neck ND 8 4.001 554 6.235 606 4.001 515 6.902 044 4.008 202 4.008 203

C T C Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 6.088 871 4.008 249

MicroͲInserts

Seals

C T C Crimp Neck Art.ͲNo. ND11 7.086 520 7.608 160 7.620 828 6.233 918

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 228 9.003 451 4.001 521 4,008 218 4.008 215

9.003 444 4.008 198

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 243 9.003 446 7.050 759

C T C Art.ͲNo.

Snap Ring ND11 6.073 833 7.622 228 7.613 330 4.008 255

C T C Art.ͲNo.

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 258 4.008 259

CTC Analytics Headspace Products

Vials

Seals

1368

Headspace Screw Neck ND 18 (Combi Pal) 9.003 466 6.227 874 4.008 270 6.237 909 4.008 268 6.241 111

C T C Headspace Art.ͲNo. Crimp Neck ND 20 (Combi Pal) 7.850 009 9.003 453

C T C Art.ͲNo.

7.850 010 6.234 541

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

Dionex Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Dionex HPLC instruments.

Dionex HPLC Products

Vials

MicroͲInserts

Seals

Crimp Neck Dionex Screw Neck ND 8 Art.ͲNo. ND8 4.008 206 9.003 481 6.235 606 7.613 087 4.001 554 9.003 480 7.613 388 7.401 066 4.001 556 4.008 194 4.008 200 4.008 209 9.003 444 9.003 484 6.232 178

Dionex Screw Neck Dionex Crimp Neck Dionex Art.ͲNo. ND9 Art.ͲNo. ND11 Art.ͲNo. 9.003 448 7.086 520 6.803 174 7.608 160 6.088 871 7.620 828 4.008 249 6.233 918 7.401 744 7.401 744 6.093 247 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 196 4.008 228 4.008 243 9.003 451 9.003 446 4.001 521 7.050 759 4.008 214 4.001 555 4.008 215

Snap Ring ND11 6.073 833 7.622 228 7.613 330 4.008 255 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 257 4.008 258 4.008 259 4.008 256

Dionex Art.ͲNo.

Autosampler compatibility chart The autosampler compatibility chart generally shows the most typical LLG-Labware vials and closures for usage on instruments of different manufacturers.

Additionally the corresponding part number of the manufacturer is indicated. Beside these there also may be further products in our catalogue which may technically and functionally be suitable. We will gladly recommend other suitable products.

If applicable for a manufacturer, each table has been divided by the application HPLC, GC and Headspace. We generally recommend asking for cost-free samples for testing purposes.

We kindly ask for your understanding that we do not take any guarantee for the correctness nor for the completeness of the data indicated here.

E & OE.

1369

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

PerkinElmer Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Agilent GC, HPLC and Headspace instruments.

PerkinElmer GC Products Vials

MicroͲInserts Seals

Crimp Neck PerkinElmer Screw Neck ND 8 Art.ͲNo. ND9 6.235 606 N9302136 9.003 448 9.003 427 N9301069 6.803 174 4.008 247 6.088 871 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 558 N9302140 4.008 228 9.003 443 03300806 9.003 451 4.008 200 03300806 4.008 214

PerkinElmer Screw Neck PerkinElmer Crimp Neck PerkinElmer Art.ͲNo. ND10 Art.ͲNo. ND11 Art.ͲNo. N9306201 6.242 103 7.086 520 N9301385 N9306201 7.615 715 7.608 160 N9301385 N9306220 6.238 867 7.620 828 N9302680 N9306220 N9300703 6.093 247 N9300703 6.093 247 N9300703 N9300704 4.008 196 N9300704 4.008 196 N9300704 N9306200 4.008 234 N9306205 7.060 469 N9306230 N9306202 4.008 235 N9306205 4.008 243 N9306015 N9306202 4.001 522 N9302684 7.300 348 N9302685 6.900 233 N9302686 9.003 446 N9306228 7.050 759 N9306229

PerkinElmer HPLC Products Vials

MicroͲInserts Seals

Crimp Neck PerkinElmer Screw Neck PerkinElmer Screw Neck PerkinElmer Crimp Neck PerkinElmer ND 8 Art.ͲNo. ND9 Art.ͲNo. ND10 Art.ͲNo. ND11 Art.ͲNo. 6.235 606 N9302136 9.003 448 N9306201 6.242 103 7.086 520 N9301385 6.803 174 N9306201 7.615 715 7.608 160 N9301385 4.008 247 N9306220 6.238 867 7.620 828 N9302680 6.088 871 N9306220 6.093 247 N9300703 6.093 247 N9300703 6.093 247 N9300703 4.008 196 N9300704 4.008 196 N9300704 4.008 196 N9300704 9.003 443 03300806 4.008 228 N9306200 4.008 234 N9306205 7.060 469 N9306230 4.008 200 03300806 9.003 451 N9306202 4.008 235 N9306205 4.008 243 N9306015 4.008 214 N9306202 4.008 237 N9306052 4.001 522 N9302684 4.001 521 N9306203 7.300 348 N9302685 6.900 233 N9302686 9.003 446 N9306228 7.050 759 N9306229 4.001 555

PerkinElmer Headspace Products Headspace PerkinElmer Headspace PerkinElmer Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. Crimp Neck Art.ͲNo. ND 18 ND20 CTC Combi CTC Pal + Turbo Combi PAL MatrixTM HS16+40

Vials

Seals

1370

9.003 466 6.227 874 4.008 270 6.237 909 4.008 268 6.241 111

N6356479

*** not suitable for TurboMatrix™ 110

7.850 009 9.003 453

N6356478 7.052 186 *** N9302134 N6356471 7.060 463 N9306079 4.008 281 N9303349

7.850 010 6.234 541 6.902 419 6.229 635 4.001 548

N6356559 N6356566 N6356562 N6356560 N6356560

N9306075 N9306077 N6356475

Headspace PerkinElmer Crimp Neck Art.ͲNo. ND20 Turbo Matrix™ HS 16, 40 + 110

4.001 557 9.003 455 4.008 276 9.003 456 7.050 286 7.060 477 7.060 433

E & OE.

N9306266 N9306266 N9306266 B0104241 B0104242 B0110728 B0038137

Snap Ring ND11 6.073 833 7.622 228 7.613 330

PerkinElmer Art.ͲNo. N9303418

6.093 247 4.008 196 6.073 555 4.001 544 4.008 256

N9300703 N9300704 N9303417 N9303419 N9303416

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

Shimadzu Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Shimadzu GC, HPLC and Headspace instruments.

Shimadzu GC Products Vials

Crimp Neck Shimadzu ND 8 Art.ͲNo. 4.001 554 6.235 006 4.001 515 6.902 044 4.008 202 4.008 203

MicroͲInserts

Seals

Screw Neck Shimadzu ND9 Art.ͲNo. 9.003 448 4.008 247 4.008 249

Screw Neck ND10 6.242 103

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo.

Crimp Neck ND11 7.086 520 7.608 160 7.620 828 6.233 918

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo. 980Ͳ01705

Screw Neck ND13 9.003 482 7.058 142

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 234 4.008 235 4.008 236

980Ͳ0487 980Ͳ01707

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 564 9.003 446 7.050 759

980Ͳ04987 980Ͳ01707

7.055 4856

0980Ͳ01706

7.510 053

Screw Neck Shimadzu ND9 Art.ͲNo. 9.003 448 4.008 247 4.008 249 7.401 744 980Ͳ0487 6.093 247 980Ͳ01707 4.008 196 9.003 451 4.008 222 4.008 224 4.008 225 4.008 214 4.001 521 4.008 223 4.008 226 4.008 215 4.008 221

Screw Neck ND10 6.242 103

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo.

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 234 4.008 235 4.008 237

980Ͳ0487 980Ͳ01707

Headspace ND 18 (AOC 5000) 7.850 009 9.003.453 7.850 010 6.234 541 6.229 635 4.001 548

Headspace Shimadzu ND 18 Art.ͲNo. (HTA200H) 7.050 285 9.003 453 980Ͳ00111 9.003 447 4.001 553

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 9.003 451 4.008 218 4.008 214

9.003 444 4.008 198

980Ͳ0487 980Ͳ01707

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo.

Shimadzu HPLC Products Vials

Crimp Neck Shimadzu ND 8 Art.ͲNo. 4.001 554 6.235 006

MicroͲInserts

Seals

9.003 444 4.008 198 4.008 200

Crimp Neck Shimadzu ND11 Art.ͲNo. 7.086 520 980Ͳ01705 4.001 565 4.001 516 7.401 744 980Ͳ04987 6.093 247 980Ͳ01707 4.008 196 4.008 243 0980Ͳ01706 9.003 446 4.001 555

Snap Ring ND 11 6.073 833 6.224 358

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo.

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.008 256 4.008 260 4.001 544 4.008 258

980Ͳ04987 980Ͳ01707

Shimadzu Headspace Products

Vials Seals

Screw Neck ND 18 (AOC 5000) 9.003 466 4.003 270 4.008 268 6.241 111

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo. 980Ͳ00247 961Ͳ00915 961Ͳ00914 980Ͳ01708

Shimadzu Art.ͲNo. 980Ͳ00664 980Ͳ00111 961Ͳ01256 980Ͳ03372 980Ͳ00112 980Ͳ00112

Autosampler compatibility chart The autosampler compatibility chart generally shows the most typical LLG-Labware vials and closures for usage on instruments of different manufacturers.

Additionally the corresponding part number of the manufacturer is indicated. Beside these there also may be further products in our catalogue which may technically and functionally be suitable. We will gladly recommend other suitable products.

If applicable for a manufacturer, each table has been divided by the application HPLC, GC and Headspace. We generally recommend asking for cost-free samples for testing purposes.

We kindly ask for your understanding that we do not take any guarantee for the correctness nor for the completeness of the data indicated here.

E & OE.

1371

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

Thermo Scientific Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Thermo Scientific GC, HPLC and Headspace instruments.

Thermo Scientific GC Products

Vials

Crimp Neck Thermo ND 8 Scientific Art.ͲNo. 9.003 427 60180Ͳ707 4.001 554 6.235 606 4.008 206 60180Ͳ505 4.001 515 6.902 044 4.008 202 4.008 203

MicroͲInserts

Seals

9.003 443 4.008 200 9.003 444 4.008 198

60180Ͳ525

Screw Neck ND8 9.003 481 7.613 087 9.003 480 7.613 388

7.401 066 9.003 435 4.001 556 4.008 194 4.008 209 9.003 484 4.008 207

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ508 60180Ͳ560

60180Ͳ265 60180Ͳ721 60180Ͳ722 60180Ͳ719

Screw Neck ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 4.008 247 6.088 871

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 547 4.008 228 9.003 451 4.008 218 4.008 214

Crimp Neck Thermo ND11 Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ723 7.086 520 60180Ͳ509 7.608 160 60180Ͳ724 7.089 998 60180Ͳ561 7.620 828

60180Ͳ734 60180Ͳ735 60180Ͳ266 60180Ͳ728 60180Ͳ729

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 547 4.001 564 4.008 239 7.060 469 4.008 243 9.003 446 7.050 759

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ701 60180Ͳ502 60180Ͳ702

60180Ͳ734 60180Ͳ735 60180Ͳ266 GC PAL

60180Ͳ705 60180Ͳ706

Thermo Scientific HPLC Products

Vials

Crimp Neck Thermo ND 8 Scientific Art.ͲNo. 4.001 554 6.235 006 4.008 206 60180Ͳ505 4.001 515 6.902 044 4.008 202 4.008 203

MicroͲInserts

Seals

9.003 443 4.008 200 9.003 444 4.008 198

60180Ͳ708 60180Ͳ525

Screw Neck ND8 9.003 481 7.613 087 9.003 480 7.613 388

7.401 066 9.003 435 4.001 556 4.008 194 4.008 209 9.003 484 4.008 207

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ508 60180Ͳ560

60180Ͳ265 60180Ͳ721 60180Ͳ722 60180Ͳ719

Screw Neck ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 4.008 247 6.088 871

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 547 4.008 228 9.003 451 4.008 218 4.008 214

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ723 60180Ͳ509 60180Ͳ724 60180Ͳ561

60180Ͳ734 60180Ͳ735 60180Ͳ266 60180Ͳ728 60180Ͳ729

Thermo Scientific Headspace Products Headspace Headspace Thermo Screw Neck Scientific Crimp Neck ND 20 Art.ͲNo. ND 18 (Combi Pal) (Combi Pal) Vials

Seals

1372

9.003 466 6.227 874 4.008 270 6.237 909 4.008 268 6.241 111

7.850 009 9.003.453

7.850 010 6.234 541 6.229 635 4.001 548

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo.

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo.

Headspace Crimp Neck ND 20 (HS850/HS20

60180Ͳ740 60180Ͳ506

7.850 009 9.003 453

60180Ͳ504 60180Ͳ506

60180Ͳ520

4.001 553 9.003 454 4.001 549

60180Ͳ511 60180Ͳ513 60180Ͳ513

E & OE.

Crimp Neck ND11 7.086 520 7.608 160 7.089 998 7.620 828

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 547 4.008 239 7.060 469 4.008 243 9.003 446 7.050 759

Thermo Scientific Art.ͲNo. 60180Ͳ502

60180Ͳ734 60180Ͳ735 60180Ͳ266

60180Ͳ705 60180Ͳ706

Snap Ring Thermo ND 11 Scientific Art.ͲNo. 6.073 833 60180Ͳ740 7.622 228 7.613 330 60180Ͳ711

7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196 4.001 547 4.008 256 4.008 260 4.001 544 4.008 258 4.008 261 4.008 257

60180Ͳ734 60180Ͳ735 60180Ͳ266

60180Ͳ713 60180Ͳ712

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Autosampler Compatibility List LLG - Vials and autosamplers: compatibility chart

VWR (Merck / Hitachi) Alternative LLG Labware products for use on VWR (Merck / Hitachi) HPLC instruments.

VWR (Merck / Hitachi) HPLC Products Crimp Neck VWR Screw Neck ND 8 (Merck) ND8 Art.ͲNo. Vials 6.235 606 548Ͳ0078 9.003 481 4.001 554 548Ͳ0080 7.613 087 9.003 480 7.613 388 MicroͲInserts 7.401 066 9.003 435 4.001 556 4.008 194 Seals 9.003 444 548Ͳ0040 4.008 209 4.008 198 548Ͳ0038 9.003 484 6.232 178

VWR (Merck) Art.ͲNo. 548Ͳ0018 548Ͳ0420 548Ͳ0448 548Ͳ0019 548Ͳ0020 548Ͳ0308 548Ͳ0083 548Ͳ0780 548Ͳ3322 548Ͳ0024 548Ͳ0834

Screw Neck ND9 9.003 448 6.803 174 6.088 871 4.008 249 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196

VWR (Merck) Art.ͲNo. 548Ͳ0028 548Ͳ0029 548Ͳ0030 548Ͳ0081 548Ͳ0006 548Ͳ0002 548Ͳ0001

4.008 228 9.003 451 4.001 521 4,008 218 4.008 215

548Ͳ0896 548Ͳ0085 548Ͳ0088 548Ͳ0087 548Ͳ0373

Crimp Neck ND11

Snap Ring ND11

7.086 520 7.608 160 7.620 828 6.233 918 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196

VWR (Merck) Art.ͲNo. 548Ͳ0003 548Ͳ0004 548Ͳ0005 548Ͳ1442 548Ͳ0006 548Ͳ0002 548Ͳ0001

VWR (Merck) Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. ND13

6.073 833 7.622 228 7.613 330 4.008 255 7.401 744 6.093 247 4.008 196

548Ͳ0011 548Ͳ0422 548Ͳ0012 548Ͳ1442 548Ͳ0006 548Ͳ0002 548Ͳ0001

9.003 0482 13 09 1335 9.003 549 13 09 1336 7.055 486 4.001 567

VWR (Merck) Art.ͲNo. 548Ͳ0051 548Ͳ0509 548Ͳ0052 548Ͳ0510 548Ͳ0093 548Ͳ0094

4.008 243 9.003 446 7.050 759

548Ͳ3272 548Ͳ0009 548Ͳ0007

4.008 258 4.008 259

548Ͳ0432 548Ͳ0434

7.510 053

548Ͳ0054

Waters Alternative LLG Labware products for use on Waters HPLC instruments.

Waters HPLC Products Screw Neck ND9 Vials

MicroͲInserts

Seals

Waters Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. ND10

Waters Snap Ring Art.ͲNo. ND11

Waters Screw Neck Art.ͲNo. ND13

Waters Shell Vials Art.ͲNo. ND8

9.003 448 6.242 103 WAT063300 6.073 833 9.003 482 186000840 7.300 174 6.803 174 186000273 7.615 715 7.622 228 WAT094219 9.003 549 186001135 4.008 205 6.088 871 186000848 6.238 867 7.613 330 WAT094220 4.008 249 4.008 255 4.008 250 4.008 252 7.401 744 7.401 744 7.401 744 7.055 486 WAT015199 6.093 247 WAT094170 6.093 247 WAT094170 6.093 247 WAT094170 4.001 567 WAT072708 4.008 196 4.008 196 4.008 196 4.008 214 186000274 4.008 243 WAT058874 4.008 258 186000303 7.510 053 186000841 4.008 215 186000305 9.003 446 6.242 212 186000304 7.050 759

Waters Art.ͲNo. WAT025054C WAT025053C

Autosampler compatibility chart The autosampler compatibility chart generally shows the most typical LLG-Labware vials and closures for usage on instruments of different manufacturers.

Additionally the corresponding part number of the manufacturer is indicated. Beside these there also may be further products in our catalogue which may technically and functionally be suitable. We will gladly recommend other suitable products.

If applicable for a manufacturer, each table has been divided by the application HPLC, GC and Headspace. We generally recommend asking for cost-free samples for testing purposes.

We kindly ask for your understanding that we do not take any guarantee for the correctness nor for the completeness of the data indicated here.

E & OE.

1373

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials LLG - Flasks types

30 x 8.2mm

40 x 8.2mm

40 x 7mm

40 x 7mm

6.235 606

9.003 427

4.008 206

4.008 202

4.008 203

4.001 563

6.242 103

Short Thread ND9

6.088 871

4.008 247

4.008 249

4.008 250 4.008 252

6.073 833

E & OE.

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

small opening

32 x 11.6mm

6.224 358

7.613 330

32 x 11.6mm

4.001 516

32 x 11.6mm

7.620 828

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

7.608 160

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm 7.622 228

small opening

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

1374

6.238 867

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

6.803 174

Crimp / Snap Neck ND11

7.086 520

7.615 715

Snap Ring ND11

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm

9.003 448

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm 7.613 388

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm 7. 613 087

4.008 262

6.902 044

32 x 11.6mm

32 x 11.6mm 9.003 480

32 x 11.6mm 9.003 481

4.001 515

Screw Neck ND10, wide opening 32 x 11.6mm

Screw Neck ND8, small opening

40 x 7mm

31.5 x 5.5mm

4.001 554

40 x 7mm

31.5 x 5.5mm

Crimp Neck ND8

4.001 565

4.008 251 6.233 918

7.085 511

7.089 998

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials LLG - Flasks types

4.008 196

7.401 066

9.003 435

31 x 5mm

31 x 5mm

6.093 247

31 x 5mm

4.001 547

31 x 6mm

31 x 6mm

29 x 5.7mm

31 x 6mm

7.401 744

29 x 5mm

Micro-Inserts for small opening

Micro-Inserts for wide opening

4.008 194

4.001 556

9.003 549

31.5 x 11.6mm

4.008 205

Shell Vials, 2ml

31.5 x 11.6mm

40 x 8.2mm

35 x 7.8mm

40 x 8.2mm

7.300 174

7.055 486

4.008 248

6.226 501

E & OE.

Shell Vials, 4ml (Insert)

7.632 226

44.6 x 14,65mm

7.910 140

44.6 x 14,65mm

45 x 14.7mm

7.058 142

Shell Vials, 1ml (Insert)

7.612 017

40 x 6mm

45 x 14.7mm

9.003 482

45 x 14.7mm

45 x 14.7mm

Screw Neck ND13

6.227 544

1375

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials LLG - Flasks types

7.616 898

7.616 655

46 x 22.5

71 x 20.6mm

66 x 18.5mm

61 x 16.6mm

45 x 14.7mm 7.613 421

75.5 x 22.5mm

Headspace ND 18

Storage Vials ND13, ND 15, ND18

9.003 466 6.227 874

6.239 037

7.051 404

1376

6.803 717

65 x 26mm

48 x 26mm

50 x 22mm

40 x 20mm

Snap Cap Vials

4.008 282

E & OE.

7.090 616

4.008 270 6.237 909

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials LLG - Flasks types

9.003 426

46 x 22.5mm

7.060 457

46 x 22.5mm

9.003 425

54.5 x 20mm

7.052 186

54.5 x 20mm

38 x 20mm

38 x 20mm

38.2 x 22mm

Headspace ND 20

7.080 947

7.850 009 6.227 875

7.050 285

75.5 x 22.5mm 9.003 453 6.231 485

E & OE.

75.5 x 23mm

9.003 452

75.5 x 23mm

7.401 840 7.080 450

75.5 x 22mm

75.5 x 23mm

Headspace ND 20

7.060 463

4.008 281

1377

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Authentic 1:1 size drawings of all vials LLG - Flasks types

57 x 27.5mm

95 x 27.5mm

EPA-9LDOV ND24

4.008 204 4.008 298

4.008 297 4.008 299

7.060 465

1378

101 x 31mm

94.5 x 51.6.5mm

&ULPS 1HFN ND 20

7.060 459

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Septa and cap recommendation LLG - Cap types

Aluminum Crimp Caps, centre hole

Size Size centre hole Material Lacquer

8mm

11mm

13mm

20mm

4mm centre hole Aluminum clear

5.5mm centre hole Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

6mm centre hole Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

10mm centre hole Aluminum plain, red, blue, green, gold

Special Aluminum Crimp Caps

Size Type of Cap Material Lacqer Special features

11mm

13mm

13mm

20mm

20mm

20mm

Centre hole Cap Aluminum cear

Centre Tear Off Cap Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

Complete Tear Off Cap Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

Centre Tear Off Cap Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

Complete Tear Off Cap Aluminum clear, red, blue, green, gold

Headspace Cap* Aluminum clear

with roll grove

Headspace Cap:* This cap has the function of a pressure release cap and is designed with special scorelines whose bridges break open at an internal vial pressure of 3.0 Âą 0.5 bar to let the excess pressure escape. It is comparable with the three component PerkinElmer Headspace Closure (Aluminum Crimp Cap with slits, metal star washer, liner with ears) which offers the same effect with a different technical design.

Magnetic Caps, centre hole

Size Size centre hole Application Material Lacquer

9mm Screw Cap

11mm Crimp Cap

20mm Crimp Cap

20mm Crimp Cap

20mm Bimetal Crimp Cap

18mm Screw Cap

18mm Screw Cap

6mm centre hole (GC) PP Screw Cap blue/ magn. overcap gold GC PAL Thermo Scientific TriPlus

5mm centre hole (GC) magnetic gold GC PAL, Thermo Scientific Tri Plus

5mm centre hole (HS) magnetic gold CE HS250/500/HS800, CTC 500 Fisons HS250/500 HS800

8mm centre hole (HS) magnetic Gold

8mm centre hole (HS) Alu/magnetic red

8mm centre hole (Universal) (Headspace/SPME) magnetic silver CTC Combi PAL PerkinElmer Agilent G1888A

Closed top Universal Screw Cap

CTC Combi PAL

CTC Combi PAL

silver

PE-Caps for Crimp Necks

Size Approp. Vial Size Cap Size centre hole Material, colour

8mm

9mm

11mm

13mm

22mm

22mm

For Crimp Neck ND8

For Crimp Neck ND8

For Crimp Neck and Snap Ring ND11

For Crimp Neck ND11

For HS Neck ND20

For Crimp Neck ND20

8mm with thinned penetration point PE, blue

9 x 5.9mm 4mm centre hole

11mm with thinned penetration point PE, blue

13 x 7.5mm 4.5mm centre hole

22 x 8.4mm 4.3mm centre hole

PE, transparent

PE, transparent Only for bevelled tops

22 x 9.1mm 4.3 centre hole or 6mm centre hole PE, transparent only for flat DIN Crimp Necks!

PE, transparent

The drawings of the caps are not actual size. They should only visualize the special features of certain types of caps.

E & OE.

1379

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Septa and cap recommendation LLG - Cap types

Screw Caps

Size Approp. Vial Thread Cap Design Size centre hole Material, colour

8mm

9mm

10mm

13mm

Screw Neck Vials ND8 8-425 thread Closed or open top 5.5mm centre hole PP, black or white

Short Thread Vials ND9 short thread, Closed or open top 6mm centre hole PP, black, transparent, blue, red, yellow, green

Screw Neck Vials ND10 10-425 thread, Closed or open top 7mm centre hole PP, black

Screw Neck Vials ND12 13-425 thread, Closed or open top 8.5mm centre hole PP, black, white

Size Approp. Vial Thread Cap Design Size centre hole Material, colour

15mm

18mm

20mm

24mm

Screw Neck Vials ND15 15-425 thread, Closed or open top, 9mm centre hole PP, black, white

Screw Neck Vials ND18 18-400 thread, Closed or open top 12mm centre hole PP, black

Screw Neck Vials ND20 20-400 thread, Closed or open top,

Screw Neck Vials ND24 24-400 thread, Closed or open top 12.5mm centre hole PP, white

PP, white

PE-Plugs for Shell Vials

Size Vial/Plug combination Plug Size Material, colour Special Features

8mm

8mm

8mm

8mm

12mm

15mm

Plug

Plug

Plug

Plug

Plug

Plug

6mm PE, transparent

8mm PE, blue

8mm PE, transparent wth insertion barrier for Micro-Inserts

8mm PE, transparent without insertion barrier for Micro-Inserts

12mm PE, transparent

15mm PE, transparent

Snap Caps

Snap Ring Caps

Size

11mm

Approp. Vial Cap Design Size centre hole Material Colour

Snap Ring Vials ND11 open top 6mm centre hole PE transparent*, blue*, red, yellow, green

Size Approp. Vial Cap Design Size Cap Material Colour

18mm

22mm

28mm

Snap Cap Vials ND18 closed top 19.8 x 5.2mm PE transparent

Snap Cap Vials ND22 closed top 23.5 x 5.5mm PE transparent

Snap Cap Vials ND28 closed top 29.7 x 5.6mm PE transparent

• available as a hard or soft PE Caps • Hard Cap: tighter, but not so easy to push on or to remove • Soft Cap: convenient in handling, but not as tight The drawings of the caps are not actual size. They should only visualize the special features of certain types of caps.

Product Information – Sample Requests – Price Enquiries?

Our Customer Service Team is always at your disposal for further questions.

1380

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Crimp Neck Micro-Vials ND8

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1

0.20 5,5 x 31,5 clear conical

0.30 5,5 x 31,5 clear round bottom

0.80 8,2 x 30 clear flat bottom

0.60 7 x 40 clear conical

0.60 7 x 40 amber conical

0.70 7 x 40 clear flat bottom

0.70 7 x 40 amber flat bottom

1.20 8,2 x 40 clear flat bottom

100 6.235 606

100 4.001 554

100 9.003 427

100 4.001 515

100 6.902 044

100 4.008 202

100 4.008 203

100 4.008 206

NEW!

LLG - 2in1 and 3in1 Kits with Screw Neck Vials ND8 (small opening)

1

2in1 KITs contain 100 vials and 100 closures in a blue PP-Box. As both components are always required at the same time, 2in1 KITs are a convenient way to obtain and store all required items for analysis. 2in1 KITs are available for any type of 1.5ml (32 x 11.6mm), 4ml (45 x 14.75mm) or 20ml Headspace Vial (75.5 x 23mm) with an appropriate seal.

All advantages of the individual components (cleanroom packaging of the vials, recloseability of the packaging, etc.) remain unchanged.

Any other combination of vial and seal as a 2in1 KIT available.

Type

Capacity Description

2in1 Kit 2in1 Kit 2in1 Kit 2in1 Kit 3in1 Kit

2

ml 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50

Cover type

clear amber amber, labelling field clear, labelling field clear

Screw Cap, black, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Screw Cap, black, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Screw Cap, black, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Screw Cap, black, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Screw Cap, black, hole, Silicon white /PTFE blue, slitted (Septa unassembled)

LLG-Crimping Tools ND8

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100

6.238 965 9.003 557 9.003 558 9.003 559 6.223 506

2

Description Manual crimper for 8 mm aluminium caps Manual decapper for 8 mm aluminium caps

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.003 470 9.003 511

LLG-Aluminium Crimp Caps ND8, ready assembled and plain Crimp Cap ND8 Caps

Septa

Aluminium, silver, center hole

PTFE virginal, white

Aluminium, silver, center hole

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

53° shore D

Thickness mm 0.25

100

4.001 558

Natural rubber / red-orange / TEF transparent

60° shore A

1.00

100

9.003 443

Aluminium, silver, center hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 200

Aluminium, silver, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

9.003 444

Aluminium, silver, center hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 198

100

4.001 552

Aluminium, silver, center hole (no liner) E & OE.

1381

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Screw Neck Vials ND8, small opening

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1.50 11.6 x 32 clear flat bottom

1.50 11.6 x 32 clear, labeling field flat bottom

1.50 11.6 x 32 amber flat bottom

1.50 11.6 x 32 amber, labeling field flat bottom

1.10 11.6 x 32 clear conical

100 9.003 481

1000 7.613 087

100 9.003 480

1000 7.613 388

100 4.001 563

LLG-Micro-Inserts for Screw Vials ND8, small opening

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

0.10 5 x 31 clear conical, 15mm tip

0.10 5 x 31 clear conical, 9mm tip

0.10 5 x 29 clear with plastic spring

0.20 5 x 31 clear flat bottom

100 7.401 066

100 9.003 435

100 4.001 556

100 4.008 194

1

1

LLG-PP Storage Boxes for 1.5ml vials ND8, ND9, ND10, ND11

PP Storage Box for 1.5ml (1.8ml, 2ml) vials or 2ml Shell Vials, with cover, (130x130x45mm).

81 cativities with alphanumeric coding of all 4 margins as well as the carities at the bottom.

Dimensions (L x W x H) mm 130 x 130 x 45

Colour

blue

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.405 750

LLG-PP Screw Seals ND8, ready assembled, and empty Screw Caps ND8

1382

Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 45° shore A 1.00

PK

Cat. No.

black, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

100

4.008 209

black, closed

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 210

black, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

9.003 484

black, closed

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

4.008 208

black, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red, slit

45° shore A

1.30

100

6.232 178

black, centre hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 207

black, centre hole

no liner

-

100

7.060 421

black, closed

no liner

-

100

7.075 960

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG Septa for Screw Caps ND8 Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 53° shore D 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

100

7.085 238

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 197

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

7.060 419

Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit

55° shore A

0.90

100

7.085 892

PTFE virginal, white

LLG-Short Thread Vials ND9, wide opening and Micro-Inserts

o.d. x Height Capacity Colour Form

mm ml

PK Cat. No.

11.6 x 32 1.50 clear flat bottom

11.6 x 32 1.50 clear, labeling field* flat bottom

11.6 x 32 1.50 amber flat bottom

11.6 x 32 1.50 amber, labeling field* flat bottom

6 x 31 0.10 clear conical 15mm tip

6 x 31 0.10 clear conical 12mm tip

5.7 x 29 0.10 clear with plastic spring

100 9.003 448

1000 6.803 174

100 4.008 247

1000 6.088 871

100 7.401 744

100 4.001 547

100 6.093 247

*With labelling field and fill line

LLG-Micro-Vials Short Thread Vials ND9, wide opening

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1

1.10 11.6 x 32 clear flat bottom, 15µl funnel in solid glas bottom

0.20 11.6 x 32 clear flat bottom with integrated 0.2mL insert

0.20 11.6 x 32 amber flat bottom with integrated 0.2mL insert

0.30 11.6 x 32 transparent PP, with inner cone

100 4.008 249

100 4.008 250

100 4.008 252

100 4.008 262

LLG-PP Storage Boxes for 1.5ml vials ND8, ND9, ND10, ND11

1

PP Storage Box for 1.5ml (1.8ml, 2ml) vials or 2ml Shell Vials, with cover, (130x130x45mm).

81 cavities with alphanumeric coding of all 4 margins as well as the cavities at the bottom.

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 130 x 130 x 45

Colour

PK

Cat. No.

orange

1

9.405 751

We can supply this

manufacturer’s whole

product range !

E & OE.

1383

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-PP Short Thread Seals ND9, ready assembled Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 53° shore D 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

transparent, centre hole

PTFE virginal, white

100

4.008 220

blue, centre hole

PTFE virginal, white

53° shore D

0.25

100

4.008 221

blue closed

PTFE virginal, white

53° shore D

0.25

100

7.930 366

transparent, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 229

blue, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 228

blue closed

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 230

transparent, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

7.076 778

blue, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

9.003 451

black, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 225

red, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 222

green, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 224

blue closed

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 227

transparent, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit

55° shore A

1.00

100

7.200 809

blue, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.001 521

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 226

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 223

45° shore A

1.00

100

6.225 427

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 218

black, center hole

red, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

transparent, centre hole blue, centre hole

LLG-Septa for Thread Screw Caps ND9 Septa

1384

Hardness

PTFE virginal, white

53° shore D

Thickness mm 0.25

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 213

Silicone white / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 212

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

100

4.008 211

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-PP UltraBond*Short Thread Seals ND9 Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 45째 shore A 1.00

PK

Cat. No.

Ultrabond* Seal blue, center hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

100

4.008 216

Ultrabond* Seal blue, center hole

Silicone beige / PTFE white

45째 shore A

1.30

100

4.008 214

Ultrabond* Seal blue, center hole

Silicone beige / PTFE white, slit

45째 shore A

1.30

100

4.008 215

PK

Cat. No.

100

9.003 560

100

7.621 765

100

9.003 561

100

9.003 562

100

9.003 563

*Cap+Liner form an inseparable unit, so that the liner cannot be pushed into the vial even with a blunt needle

1

NEW!

LLG - 2in1 Kits with Short Thread Vials ND9 (wide opening)

1

2in1 KITs contain 100 vials and 100 closures in a blue PP-Box. As both components are always required at the same time, 2in1 KITs are a convenient way to obtain and store all required items for analysis. 2in1 KITs are available for any type of 1.5ml (32 x 11.6mm), 4ml (45 x 14.75mm) or 20ml Headspace Vial (75.5 x 23mm) with an appropriate seal.

All advantages of the individual components (cleanroom packaging of the vials, recloseability of the packaging, etc.) remain unchanged.

Any other combination of vial and seal as a 2in1 KIT available.

Description

Cover type

clear

Short Thread Cap, blue, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Short Thread Cap, blue, hole, Silicon white / PFE blue, slitted Short Thread Cap, transparent, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red Short Thread Cap, blue, hole, Silicon white / PFE blue, slitted UltraBond Short Thread Cap, blue, hole, Silicon beige / PTFE white, slitted

clear clear clear, labelling field amber, labelling field

LLG-Screw Neck Vials ND10, wide opening and Micro-Inserts

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

2

1.50 11,6 x 32 clear flat bottom

1.50 11,6 x 32 clear, labeling field flat bottom

1.50 11,6 x 32 amber, labeling field flat bottom

0.10 6 x 31 clear conical, 15mm tip

0.10 5,7 x 29 clear with plastic spring

0.20 6 x 31 clear flat bottom

100 6.242 103

1000 7.615 715

1000 6.238 867

100 7.401 744

100 6.093 247

100 4.008 196

LLG-PP Storage Boxes for 1.5ml vials ND8, ND9, ND10, ND11

2

PP Storage Box for 1.5ml (1.8ml, 2ml) vials or 2ml Shell Vials, with cover, (130x130x45mm).

81 cativities with alphanumeric coding of all 4 margins as well as the carities at the bottom.

Dimensions (L x W x H) mm 130 x 130 x 45

Colour

yellow

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.405 753

1385

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-PP Screw Seals ND10 and empty Screw Caps ND10 Caps

Septa

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

45° shore A

Thickness mm 1.00

black, center hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

100

6.242 104

black, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.50

100

4.008 234

black, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

4.008 235

black, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, slit

55° shore A

1.50

100

4.008 237

black, center hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 236

100

4.008 231

black, center hole (no liner)

LLG Crimp Neck Vials ND11, small and wide opening (flat bottom)

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1.50 11.6 x 32 clear small opening

1.50 11.6 x 32 amber small opening

1.50 11.6 x 32 clear wide opening

1.50 11.6 x 32 clear, labeling field* wide opening

1.50 11.6 x 32 amber, labeling field* wide opening

100 7.085 511

100 7.089 998

100 7.086 520

1000 7.608 160

1000 7.620 828

*With labelling field and fill line

LLG-Micro Inserts for Crimp Neck Vials ND11

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

0.10 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.20 5 x 31 5 x 31 5 x 29 5 x 31 6 x 31 6 x 31 5,7 x 29 6 x 31 clear clear clear clear clear clear clear clear for small opening, for small opening, for small opening, for small opening, for wide opening, for wide opening, for wide opening, for wide opening, conical, conical, with plastic spring flat bottom conical, conical, with plastic flat bottom 15mm tip 9mm tip 15mm tip 12mm tip spring

100 7.401 066

100 9.003 435

100 4.001 556

100 4.008 194

100 7.401 744

100 4.001 547

100 6.093 247

100 4.008 196

LLG-Micro Crimp Neck Vials ND11

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

PK Cat. No.

1386

ml mm

1.10 11,6 x 32 clear flat bottom, 15 µl funnel in solid glass bottom

1.10 11,6 x 32 clear conical

1.10 11,6 x 32 clear conical with a round pedestal glass plate

1.10 11,6 x 32 amber conical with a round pedestal glass plate

0.20 11,6 x 32 clear flat bottom, with integrated 0.2 mL insert

0.20 11,6 x 32 amber flat bottom, with integrated 0.2 mL insert

100 4.001 565

100 4.001 516

100 4.008 253

100 4.008 254

100 6.233 918

100 4.008 251

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa 1

LLG Crimping tools ND11

1

Description Manual crimper, height adjustable, for 11 mm aluminium crimp caps Manual decapper for 11 mm aluminium crimp caps Pneumatic crimping tool for 11 mm aluminium crimp caps (complete with hand switch) Crimping head without pneumatic basic tool for 11 mm aluminium crimp caps Decapping head without pneumatic basic tool for 11 mm aluminium crimp caps Pneumatic basic intrument, pressure regulator, flexible polyurethane tubing, 11mm criper, 11mm decapper

2

LLG-PP Storage Box for 1.5ml Sample Vials ND8, ND9, ND10, ND11

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.003 471 9.003 367 7.095 791 4.003 923 4.003 929 9.003 539

2

81 cativities with alphanumeric coding of all 4 margins as well as the carities at the bottom.

Dimensions (L x W x H) mm 130 x 130 x 45

Colour

green

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.405 754

1387

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Aluminium Crimp Seals ND11, ready assembled and empty Crimp Caps ND11 Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 53° shore D 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

aluminium, silver, centre hole

PTFE virginal, white

100

4.001 559

aluminium, silver, centre hole

Natural rubber red-orange / TEF transparent

60° shore A

1.30

100

9.003 441

aluminium, silver, centre hole

Natural rubber red-orange / TEF transparent (corresponds to Agilent quality) Red Rubber / PTFE beige

60° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 239

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 243

aluminium, silver, centre hole

Natural rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.00

100

7.060 469

aluminium, green, centre hole

Natural rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.001 522

aluminium, red, centre hole

Natural rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.00

100

7.300 348

aluminium, blue, centre hole

Natural rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.00

100

6.900 233

aluminium, gold, centre hole

Natural rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.00

100

9.003 459

aluminium, silver, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

9.003 446

aluminium, silver, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, cross-slit

55° shore A

1.50

100

4.001 555

aluminium, silver, centre hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

7.050 759

magnetic, gold, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

4.001 564

100

7.510 176

aluminium, silver, centre hole

aluminium, silver, centre hole (no liner)

LLG-Septa for Crimp Caps ND11 Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 53° shore D 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

100

4.001 535

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 238

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

7.054 037

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

6.801 244

PTFE virginal, white

1388

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Snap Ring Vials ND11, wide opening and Micro-Inserts

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1.50 11,6 x 32 clear flat bottom

1.50 11,6 x 32 clear, labeling field flat bottom

1.50 11,6 x 32 amber, labeling field flat bottom

0.20 11,6 x 32 clear flat bottom, integrated 0.2mL insert

0.10 6 x 31 clear conical, 15mm tip

0.10 5,7 x 29 clear with plastic spring

0.10 6 x 31 clear flat bottom

100 6.073 833

1000 7.622 228

1000 7.613 330

100 4.008 255

100 7.401 744

100 6.093 247

100 4.008 196

LLG-PE Snap Ring Seals ND11,ready assembled

1

Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 45° shore A 1.00

PK

Cat. No.

transparent, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

100

4.008 261

blue, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 257

transparent, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

4.001 544

blue, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.30

100

4.008 258

transparent, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, cross-slit

55° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 256

snap ring cap, blue, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue, cross-slit

55° shore A

1.00

100

6.242 212

transparent, centre hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

6.073 555

blue, centre hole

PTFE red / Silicone white / PTFE red

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 259

PK

Cat. No.

100

6.257 139

100

9.003 564

100

9.003 565

100

9.003 566

100

6.238 979

LLG - 2in1 Kits with Crimp Neck Vials ND11 (wide opening)

NEW!

1

2in1 KITs contain 100 vials and 100 closures in a blue PP-Box. As both components are always required at the same time, 2in1 KITs are a convenient way to obtain and store all required items for analysis. 2in1 KITs are available for any type of 1.5ml (32 x 11.6mm), 4ml (45 x 14.75mm) or 20ml Headspace Vial (75.5 x 23mm) with an appropriate seal.

All advantages of the individual components (cleanroom packaging of the vials, recloseability of the packaging, etc.) remain unchanged.

Any other combination of vial and seal as a 2in1 KIT available.

Description

Cover type

clear

Crimp Cap, silver, hole, Natural Rubber red-orange / TEF transparent Crimp Cap, silver, hole, Natural Rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent Crimp Cap, silver, hole, Natural Rubber / Butyl red-orange / TEF transparent Crimp Cap, silver, hole, Naturual Rubber red-orange / TEF transparent Crimp Cap, silver, hole, Silicon white / PTFE red

clear

clear, labelling field

amber, labelling field

clear

E & OE.

1389

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG Crimp neck vials ND13

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1

1

2.00 32 x 16 clear flat bottom

4.00 45 x 14,7 clear flat bottom

1000 6.228 969

1000 9.003 535

LLG-Crimping Tools ND13

Description Manual crimper, height adjustable, for 13 mm aluminium crimp caps Manual crimper, height adjustable, for 13 mm flip top/flip off caps Manual decapper for 13 mm aluminium crimp caps

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.003 473 4.008 266 9.003 368

LLG-Aluminium Crimp Seals ND13, ready assembled and empty Crimp Caps ND13 Caps

Septa

aluminium crimp cap, silver, centre hole

Pharma-FixSepta (Butyl/PTFE)

aluminium centre tear off cap, silver

aluminium crimp cap, silver, centre hole (no liner)

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

50째 shore A

Thickness mm 2.00

100

7.060 475

Butyl dark grey / Pharma-FixSepta (Butyl/PTFE)

50째 shore A

2.00

100

9.003 442

Butyl dark grey / Pharma-FixSepta (Butyl/PTFE)

50째 shore A

2.00

1000

9.003 548

100

6.801 727

-

LLG-Screw Neck Vials and appropriate Micro-Insert

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

PK Cat. No.

1390

ml mm

4.00 14,7 x 45 clear flat bottom

4.00 14,7 x 45 amber flat bottom

4.00 14,7 x 45 amber, with labeling flat bottom

0.30 6 x 40 clear conical, metal sprint necessary

100 9.003 482

100 7.058 142

1000 9.003 549

100 7.055 486

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa 1

1

LLG-PP Storage Box for 4ml Sample Vials ND13

PP Storage Box for 4ml vials or 4ml Shell Vials, with cover, (130x130x45mm).

49 cativities with alphanumeric coding at the cavities Dimensions (L x W x H) mm 130 x 130 x 52

Colour

red

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.405 756

LLG-PP Screw Seals ND13, ready assembled and empty Screw Caps ND13 Caps

Septa

black, centre hole

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

black, closed top

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

45° shore A

Thickness mm 1.00

100

6.242 468

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 267

black, centre hole

Silicone creme / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.50

100

7.510 053

black, closed top

Silicone creme / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.50

100

6.242 267

black, centre hole

100

7.071 151

black, closed top

100

7.060 437

LLG-Septa for Screw Caps ND13 Septa

Hardness

PTFE virginal, white

53° shore D

Thickness mm 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

100

7.058 143

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

1.00

100

4.008 264

Silicone creme / PTFE red

55° shore A

1.50

100

4.008 263

LLG-Screw Neck Vials for Storage Purposes ND13, ND 15, ND 18

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

PK Cat. No.

ml mm

4.00 45 x 14,7 clear ND13, flat bottom

8.00 61 x 16,6 clear ND15, flat bottom

12.00 66 x 18,5 clear ND15, flat bottom

16.00 71 x 20,6 clear ND18, flat bottom

1000 7.613 421

1000 7.616 898

1000 7.616 655

1000 6.239 037

E & OE.

1391

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Screw Seals for Screw Neck Vials ND13, ND 15, ND 18 Caps

Septa

13mm cap, black, closed top

Butyl red / PTFE grey

15mm cap, black, closed top

18mm cap, black, closed top

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

55° shore A

Thickness mm 1.30

1000

6.240 135

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.60

1000

7.616 653

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.60

1000

7.910 125

LLG-Replacement Septa for Screw Caps ND13, ND15, ND18 Description

Hardness

13mm, Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

Thickness mm 1.30

PK

Cat. No.

1000

9.003 536

15mm, Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.60

1000

9.003 537

18mm, Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.60

1000

9.003 538

LLG-Shell Vials (fire-polished neck) ND8 and ND12

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

1.00 7,8 x 35 clear ND8, flat bottom

1.00 8,2 x 40 clear ND8, flat bottom

1.00 8,2 x 40 amber ND8, flat bottom

2.00 11,6 x 31,5 clear ND12, flat bottom

2.00 11,6 x 31,5 clear ND8, flat bottom

4.00 44,60 x 14,65 clear ND8, flat bottom

4.00 44,60 x 14,65 clear ND8, flat bottom

1000 7.612 017

100 7.300 174

100 4.008 205

100 4.008 248

1000 6.226 501

1000 7.632 226

1000 6.227 544

LLG Plugs, PE For

PK

Cat. No.

ND8

100

7.300 175

ND12

100

4.008 265

ND15

1000

9.003 540

LLG-Snap Cap Vials ND18 and ND22

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

PK Cat. No.

1392

ml mm

5.00 20 x 40 clear ND18, flat bottom

10.00 22 x 50 clear ND18, flat bottom

15.00 26 x 48 clear ND22, flat bottom

25.00 26 x 65 clear ND22, flat bottom

100 7.051 404

100 6.803 717

100 4.008 282

100 7.090 616

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Snap Caps, PE, ND18 and ND22 For

PK

Cat. No.

ND18

100

6.051 403

ND22

100

7.090 617

LLG-Headspace-Precision Thread Vials ND18

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

10.00 22,5 x 46 clear rounded bottom

10.00 22,5 x 46 amber rounded bottom

20.00 22,5 x 75,5 clear rounded bottom

20.00 22,5 x 75,5 amber rounded bottom

100 9.003 466

1000 6.227 874

100 4.008 270

1000 6.237 909

PK Cat. No.

LLG-Magnetic Universal Screw Seals ND18 for Precision Thread Vials ND18

Caps

Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 45째 shore A 1.30

PK

Cat. No.

silver, center hole

Silicone blue transparent/ PTFE white

100

6.241 111

silver, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE blue

55째 shore A

1.50

100

4.008 268

silver, center hole

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55째 shore A

1.60

100

4.008 269

LLG-Headspace-Vials ND20 (5ml and 10ml)

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

5.00 20 x 38 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

5.00 20 x 38 amber flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

Varian

Varian

100 9.003 425

100 7.060 457

For

PK Cat. No.

1

6.00 22 x 38,20 clear rounded bottom bevelled HS crimp neck PerkinElmer

100 7.052 186

5.00 21,7 x 38,20 clear flat bottom bevelled HS crimp neck Metrohm

100 4.008 285

LLG Crimping tools ND20

10.00 20,0 x 54,5 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

10.00 20,0 x 54,5 amber flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

10.00 22,5 x 46 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

Varian

Varian

DANI, Agilent

100 9.003 426

100 7.080 947

100 7.050 285

10.00 22,5 x 46 clear rounded bottom bevelled HS crimp neck CTC, Varian

100 7.850 009

1

Description Manual crimper, height adjustable, for 20mm aluminium crimp caps Manual crimper, height adjustable, for 20mm flip top/flip off caps Manual decapper for 20mm aluminium crimp caps Capping head without pneumatic crimping tool, for 20mm aluminium crimp caps Decapping head without pneumatic basic tool for 20mm aluminium crimp caps Pneumatic crimping tool for 20mm aluminium crimp caps (complete with foot switch) E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.003 475 4.008 278 9.003 369 9.003 546 4.003 927 9.003 547

1393

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Headspace-Vials ND20 (20ml and 50 ml)

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

20.00 23.25 x 75.5 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

20.00 23.25 x 75.5 amber flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

For

PK Cat. No.

100 7.401 840

100 7.080 450

1

1

20.00 23 x 75.5 clear rounded bottom bevelled HS crimp neck PerkinElmer

20.00 23 x 75.5 clear, with label rounded bottom bevelled HS crimp neck PerkinElmer

20.00 22.5 x 75.5 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

20.00 22.5 x 75.5 clear rounded bottom flat DIN crimp neck

DANI, Agilent

CTC, Varian

100 7.060 463

100 4.008 281

100 9.003 452

100 9.003 453

50.00 31 x 101 clear flat bottom flat DIN crimp neck

100 7.060 459

LLG-PP Storage Boxes for 5ml, 10ml and 20ml Sample Vials

PP Storage Box for 5ml, 10ml and 20ml Headspace-Vials, with cover, 25 cavities.

Dimensions (L x W x H) mm 130 x 130 x 102

Colour

blue

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.001 528

LLG-Crimp Seals ND20, Aluminium, ready assembled Caps

Septa

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

50° shore A

Thickness mm 3.00

silver, center hole

Butyl red / PTFE grey

100

9.003 454

silver, center hole

Butyl grey / PTFE grey

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.001 549

silver, center hole

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE

50° shore A

3.00

100

9.003 430

gold, center hole

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.008 275

silver, center hole

Silicone blue / PTFE colourless

45° shore A

3.00

100

9.003 434

silver, center hole

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

3.20

100

9.003 460

silver, center hole

Butyl stopper, grey only unassembled

37° shore A

100

7.060 477

LLG-Headspace Seals ND20 (Pressure Release Caps), Aluminium, ready assembled Caps

Septa

silver, centre hole

Butyl red / PTFE grey

silver, centre hole

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

50° shore A

Thickness mm 3.00

100

9.003 455

Butyl grey / PTFE grey

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.001 557

silver, centre hole

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.008 276

silver, centre hole

Silicone blue transp. / PTFE transparent

45° shore A

3.00

100

7.050 286

silver, centre hole

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

3.20

100

9.003 456

100

4.008 271

silver, centre hole (no liner)

1394

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Crimp Seals ND20 (Center Tead Off Caps), Aluminium, ready assembled Caps

Septa

gold

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE Butyl stopper, grey only unassembled

silver

Hardness Thickness mm 50° shore A 3.00

PK

Cat. No.

100

9.003 445

37° shore A

100

7.087 863

PK

Cat. No.

100

7.060 471

100

7.060 479

100

7.056 751

LLG-Crimp Seals ND20 (Complete Tear Off Caps), Aluminium, ready assembled Caps

Septa

silver

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE Butyl stopper, grey only unassembled

silver

Hardness 50° shore A

Thickness mm 3.00

37° shore A

silver (no liner)

LLG-Bimetal Crimp Seals ND20, ready assembled Caps

Septa

red/silver, centre hole

Butyl grey / PTFE grey

red/silver, centre hole red/silver, centre hole

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

50° shore A

Thickness mm 3.00

100

9.003 457

Silicone blue transp. / PTFE transparent

45° shore A

3.00

100

6.234 541

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

3.20

100

9.003 458

100

4.008 272

red/silver, centre hole (no liner)

LLG-Magnetic Crimp Seals ND20, ready assembled Caps

Septa

gold, center hole 8 mm

Butyl red / P TFE grey

gold, center hole 8 mm gold, center hole 8 mm gold, center hole 8 mm

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

50° shore A

Thickness mm 3.00

100

4.001 548

Butyl grey / PTFE grey

50° shore A

3.00

100

6.229 635

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE Silicone blue transp./ PTFE transparent

50° shore A

3.00

100

6.902 419

45° shore A

3.00

100

7.850 010

100

7.625 012

gold, center hole 8 mm (no liner) E & OE.

1395

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Septa for Crimp Caps ND20 Septa

Hardness Thickness mm 50° shore A 3.00

PK

Cat. No.

100

7.060 427

Butyl grey / PTFE grey

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.008 273

Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE

50° shore A

3.00

100

7.071 063

Silicone blue transp./ PTFE transparent

45° shore A

3.00

100

4.008 274

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

3.20

100

7.050 202

Silicone white / Aluminium foil silver

50° shore A

3.00

100

4.001 550

Butyl red / PTFE grey

LLG-PE Caps ND20, transparent and appropriate Septa ND19 Caps

Septa

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

60° shore A

Thickness mm 1.30

PE cap, transparent 22.00 x 8.40mm 4.3mm hole

Natural rubber redorange/ TEF transparent

1000

9.003 543

PE cap, transparent 22.00 x 8.40mm 4.3mm hole

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.30

1000

9.003 544

PE cap, transparent 22.00 x 9.10mm 4.3mm hole

Natural rubber redorange/ TEF transparent

60° shore A

1.30

1000

6.234 902

PE cap, transparent 22.00 x 9.10mm 4.3mm hole

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.30

1000

9.003 545

height 8.4mm, for bevelled top crimp neck ND20, centre hole 4.3mm (no liner)

100

6.227 768

height 9.1mm, for flat DIN crimp neck ND20, centre hole 4.3mm (no liner)

100

7.052 184

Butyl red / PTFE grey

55° shore A

1.30

100

7.060 425

Natural rubber redorange/ TEF transparent

45° shore A

1.30

100

7.051 039

PK

Cat. No.

butyl grey

100

7.060 433

bromine butyl red

100

6.900 963

PK

Cat. No.

60 100

7.060 465 4.001 551

LLG Stoppers ND20 Description

1

1

LLG-Crimp Neck Vial ND20 and Crimp Seal ND20

100 mL crimp neck vial, 51.6 x 94.5mm, clear, flat bottom, flat DIN crimp neck Description Vials only Caps only

1396

Caps

ND20 aluminium safety cap; silver, closed/centrical Pharma-FixSepta Butyl/PTFE E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/Vials, Septa LLG-Screw Neck Vials ND24 (EPA Vials)

Capacity o.d. x Height Colour Form

ml mm

PK Cat. No.

20.00 27.5 x 57 clear flat bottom

20.00 27.5 x 57 amber flat bottom

40.00 27.5 x 95 clear flat bottom

40.00 27.5 x 95 amber flat bottom

100 4.008 204

100 4.008 298

100 4.008 297

100 4.008 299

LLG-PP Screw Seals ND24 (UltraBond Seals and ready assembled Seals ND24), PP Screw Caps ND24 (empty) and Septa ND22 Caps

Septa

Ultrabond*, white, center hole Ultrabond*, white, closed top Ultrabond*, white, center hole white, perforated

Silicone white / PTFE beige

white, closed

white, closed white, perforated

Hardness

PK

Cat. No.

45° shore A

Thickness mm 3.20

100

4.008 293

Silicone white / PTFE beige

45° shore A

3.20

100

4.008 292

Red Rubber / PTFE beige

45° shore A

2.50

100

4.008 294

Butyl red / PTFE gray (mounted) Butyl red / PTFE gray (mounted)

55° shore A

2.50

1000

7.633 064

55° shore A

2.50

1000

7.615 156

Silicone white / PTFE beige (mounted) Silicone white / PTFE beige (mounted)

45° shore A

3.20

1000

6.233 339

45° shore A

3.20

1000

9.003 541

white, center hole

no liner

100

4.008 295

white, closed top

no liner

100

4.008 296

Silicone white / PTFE beige Butyl red / PTFE gray

45° shore A

3.20

100

4.008 291

55° shore A

2.50

1000

9.003 542

*Cap+Liner form an inseparable unit, so that the liner cannot be pushed into the vial even with a blunt needle

E & OE.

1397

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Vials/NMR tubes 1

1

NEW!

Standard 5 mm NMR tubes, borosilicate glass 3.3

Hilgenberg

The NMR tubes have precise tolerances for consistent high accuracy. Most suitable for autosampling NMR systems and high-throughput NMR. - Borosilicate glass 3.3 - Economy quality - One end closed, rim fire polished - Applicable until 600 MHz

Outer Int. diam. diam. mm mm 4,95 +/- 0,05 4,19 +/- 0,05 4,95 +/- 0,05 4,19 +/- 0,05

2

2

Wall thickness mm 0.38 0.38

Length mm 178 203

PK

Cat. No.

100 100

9.400 310 9.400 311

NEW!

Standard closing caps for 5mm NMR tubes

Hilgenberg

3

Description

Colour

PK

Cat. No.

NMR closing caps for 5mm tubes NMR closing caps for 5mm tubes NMR closing caps for 5mm tubes NMR closing caps for 5mm tubes NMR closing caps for 5mm tubes

red green yellow orange blue

100 100 100 100 100

9.400 312 9.400 313 9.400 314 9.400 315 9.400 316

3

NEW!

DURAN速 NMR tubes, three accuracy classes

NMR tubes are available, according to requirement, in three accuracy classes. The DURAN Group correct tube can be selected depending on magnetic field and spin. The tubes are noteworthy for their close tolerances and accuracy, especially to their straightness, wall thickness and wall thickness distribution. Consequently, quick and accurate test results are achievable.

Type Economic: The disposable for economical use in fully automatic sample dispensers or where high throughputs are involved.

- Applicable until 300 MHz Type Professional: For professional use in industry and research in the medium and high resolution area of NMR spectroscopy.

- Applicable until 400 MHz Type Scientific: For scientific use with high value samples and optimum substance exploitation in the highest resolution range of NMR spectroscopy.

- Applicable until 500 MHz Please order closing caps separately.

Type

Economic Professional Scientific

4

4

Outer Int. diam. diam. mm mm 4,95 +/- 0,05 4,20 +/- 0,05 4,97 +/- 0,025 4,20 +/- 0,025 4,97 +/- 0,013 4,20 +/- 0,025

Length mm 178 178 178

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

7.083 596 7.083 595 7.084 720

NEW!

NMR Tube Rack, polypropylene

Scherf

Polypropylene rack with carrying handles features an upper deck with holes and a lower deck support for tube ends. For 72 tubes with 3 or 5 mm diameter. Dimensions: 213x115x222 mm (LxWxH) Type

NMR Tube Rack

1398

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.301 065

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes 1

Syringe Terminations

1

Syringe terminations are offered in a number of different configurations designed to Hamilton accommodate a broad range of applications. From cemented to removable needles, and luer taper /PTFE luer-lock to special syringe fittings, syringe barrel terminations serve a key function at the interface of a syringe and its mating connection.

N, NR (Cemented Needle, Rheodyne) Needles are cemented into the glass syringe barrel at a point corresponding to the zero graduation mark. NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.

LTN (Luer Tip Cemented Needle) Needles are cemented into the conical glass luer tip of the barrel at a point corresponding to the zero graduation mark.

SN (Special Needle) Hamilton offers customized syringes with special needles. State the following details: needle length, gauge, point style, and whether electro-tapered. Example of a correct specification: 701 SN, 70mm, gauge 25, point style 3, not electrotapered. Without these details the corresponding standard syringe 701 N will be supplied.

RN (Removable Needle) Removable needles seat precisely to the zero graduation mark of the syringe. Allows the use of different specification needles on the same syringe barrel.

LT (Luer Tip) Ground glass syringe barrel with a male luer taper accepts most hypodermic needles. Use Kel-F hub needles and connectors for a tight seal.

KH (Knurled Hub) Removable needle, knurled hub is used on 7000 Series syringes, exclusively. The attachment of a spacer enables repeatable depth injections.

C (ChemSeal) 1/4"-28 UNF, male fitting. Used in low volume applications where system dead volumes need to be minimized.

TLL, TLLX (PTFE Luer-Lock) Male luer taper with nickel-plated brass hub accepts, and locks in place, luer hub needles and connectors. The X-style plunger stop incorporates a 6-32 UNC female thread on the end of the stop to allow attachment to drive arm mechanisms, such as on the Microlab 500 Series diluters/dispensers.

AD (AccuDil速) M8 x 0.75, male fitting. Used with Microlab 1000 PLUS diluter/dispenser.

DAD (Diluter AccuDil速) M8 x 0.75 male fitting with M6 x 1 side port. Used with Microlab 1000 Plus diluter/dispenser.

SL (SampleLock) On/Off syringe valve with RN needle is cemented to a syringe barrel. Used for headspace, environmental sample collection and storage, pre-pressurization of gaseous samples for GC analysis, and sample spiking.

www.hamiltoncompany.com E & OE.

1399

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes 1

1

Microlitre syringes, Needle Types Hamilton

Point Style 2 (pst2): 12° bevelled non-coring needle point recommended for septum penetration. Ideal for gas chromatographic applications.

Point Style 3 (pst3): Blunt needle point (90°) for use with HPLC injection valves. Also recommended for applications where exact dosing is required (e.g. thin layer chromatographs).

Point Style 4 (pst4): 10-12° bevelled needle point recommended for life science applications; sharp point for animal injection.

Point Style 5 (pst5): Conical needle with side port for penetration of septa, thin-gauged vinyls and plastics without coring; minimizes septum damage Point Style AS (pstAS): Special conical style needle point (8° taper) designed to withstand the demands of multiple injections; exclusively used on GC autosampler syringes

2

2

Microlitre syringes, 700 series, with fixed needle Hamilton

With fixed needle (N, NR). NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.

Plungers are individually fitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not available as replacement parts. Needles are electro-tapered.

Needle length Type 75 N 701 N 701 N 702 N 705 N 710 N 725 N 750 N 75 N 701 N 702 NR 705 NR 710 NR 725 NR 750 N

Capacity µl 5 10 10 25 50 100 250 500 5 10 25 50 100 250 500

51mm Gauge

Point style

26s 26s 26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 26s 26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s

2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC)

3

Microlitre syringes, 700 series, for removable needles

4

- 5µl - 500µl - For use with liquids - Removable needles (RN9, or luer tip (LT) - Plungers and Syringe barrels are not interchangeable or replaceable - Tight tolerances between the plunger and the barrel Needle length 51mm Point style 2 (GC)

9.221 081

Type 9.221 021

75 RN 701 RN 701 RN 702 RN 705 RN 710 RN 725 RN 750 RN 701 LT* 702 LT* 705 LT* 710 LT* 725 LT* 750 LT*

Capacity µl 5 10 10 25 50 100 250 500 10 25 50 100 250 500

Gauge

Point style

26s 26s 26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s

2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC)

Cat. No.

1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 001 9.221 002 9.221 010 9.221 003 9.221 004 9.221 005 9.221 006 9.221 007 9.221 011 9.221 012 9.221 013 9.221 014 9.221 015 9.221 016 6.055 335

Hamilton

PK Cat. No. 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

* Needle - please order separately.

1400

PK

E & OE.

9.221 080 9.221 081 3 6.059 899 9.221 082 9.221 083 9.221 084 9.221 085 9.221 086 9.221 021 4 9.221 022 9.221 023 9.221 024 9.221 025 9.221 026

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes 1

Needles for RN syringes

1 Hamilton

Removable. Not for use in HPLC applications.

Length 51mm Point style 2 Type

7758-02 7758-03 7779-01 7779-03

2

Ext. diam. mm 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7

Int. diam. mm 0.13 0.15 0.41 0.15

Gauge

26s 22s 22s 22s

Volume

PK

Cat. No.

2,5 µl - 100 µl 2,5 µl - 100 µl 250 µl - 10 ml 250 µl - 10 ml

6 6 6 6

9.221 692 9.221 693 9.221 694 9.221 695

Microlitre syringes, 800 series, with cemented/ removable needles

2 Hamilton

With cemented-in, standard needles (N).

With metal handle. Plungers are individually fitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not available as replacement parts. Needles are electro-tapered.

With removable needle (RN).

Type RN complete with metal plunger handles.

Type RN B/P are syringes only without metal plunger (replacement syringes).

Needle length 51mm Point style 2 (GC) Type 85 N 801 N 802 N 805 N 810 N 85 RN 801 RN 802 RN 805 RN 810 RN 825 RN 85 RN 801 RN 810 RN 801 RN B/P

Capacity Gauge µl 26s 10 26s 25 22s 50 22s 100 22s 5 26s 10 26s 25 22s 50 22s 100 22s 250 22s 5 26s 10 26s 100 22s 10

Point style

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 105 9.221 110 9.221 111 9.221 112 9.221 113 9.221 115 9.221 116 9.221 117 9.221 118 9.221 119 9.221 120 6.803 384 6.222 013 6.231 153 9.221 172

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series, with LT and gas-tight

3

Glass barrel with PTFE-coated plunger, seal and with Luer Tip (LT).

Hamilton Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle.

MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage to the PTFE seal. Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.

Type

Capacity

Grad.

µl 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

µl 1 5 10 10 50 100

9.221 210

PK Cat. No.

4 1710 LT 1725 LT 1750 LT 1001 LT 1002 LT 1005 LT

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 210 3 9.221 225 9.221 250 9.221 251 4 9.221 252 9.221 255

9.221 251

We can supply this

manufacturer’s whole product range !

E & OE.

1401

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series, with TLL/ TLLX and gas tight

1

9.221 300

2

Glass barrel with PTFE-coated plunger and seal, and Luer lock outlet (TLL). TLLX with Hamilton 6-32 UNC female thread. Allows attachment to drive arm mechanisms, e.g. Microlab 500 Series diluters/dispensers.

Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle. MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage to the PTFE seal. Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.

Type

9.221 348

Grad.

µl 25 50 100 250 500 1000 1000 1000 2500 5000 10000 25000 25000

µl 0,25 0,5 1 5 10 10 20 0,01 50 100 200 500 500

1702 TLLX, TLL with stop 1705 TLLX, TLL with stop 1710 TLLX, TLL with stop 1725 TLLX, TLL with stop 1750 TLLX, TLL with stop 1001 TLL 1001 TLL W/S 1001 TLLX 1002 TLL 1005 TLL 1010 TLL 1025 TLL 1025 TLL

3

3

Capacity

PK Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 300 1 9.221 305 9.221 310 9.221 315 9.221 320 9.221 348 2 9.221 325 9.221 328 9.221 330 9.221 335 9.221 340 9.221 347 9.221 345

Needles for LT/TLL/TLLX syringes Hamilton

Removable. With Luer tip made of Kel-F. All hypodermic needles available according to specification in 10mm to max. 1000mm lengths. Further point styles available on request.

Needle length 51mm Type

Ext. diam. mm 0.47 0.46 0.51 0.57 0.64 0.72 0.72 0.82 0.91 0.47 0.46 0.51 0.57 0.64 0.72 0.72 0.82 0.91

KF 726s pst2 KF 726 pst2 KF 725 pst2 KF 724 pst2 KF 723 pst2 KF 722s pst2 KF 722 pst2 KF 721 pst2 KF 720 pst2 KF 726s pst3 KF 726 pst3 KF 725 pst3 KF 724 pst3 KF 723 pst3 KF 722s pst3 KF 722 pst3 KF 721 pst3 KF 720 pst3

Int. diam. mm 0.13 0.26 0.26 0.31 0.34 0.15 0.41 0.51 0.60 0.13 0.26 0.26 0.31 0.34 0.15 0.41 0.51 0.60

Gauge

Point style

26s 26s 25s 24s 23s 22s 22s 21s 20s 26s 26s 25s 24s 23s 22s 22s 21s 20s

2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC)

PK

Cat. No.

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

9.221 609 9.221 626 9.221 625 9.221 624 9.221 623 9.221 607 9.221 622 9.221 621 9.221 620 9.221 709 9.221 726 9.221 735 9.221 724 9.221 723 9.221 707 9.221 722 9.221 721 9.221 720

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series, with removable needle

4

Hamilton

Gas-tight microlitre syringes with removable needle (RN).

9.221 487

Type

5 9.221 493

1402

Needle length Point style

1701 RN 1702 RN 1702 RN 1710 RN 1725 RN 1750 RN 1001 RN 1002 RN

Capacity µl 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2500

51mm 2 (GC) Gauge

Point style

26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s

2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC)

PK Cat. No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

9.221 487 4 9.221 488 9.221 489 9.221 490 9.221 491 9.221 492 9.221 493 5 9.221 494

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series, with cemented needle

1 Hamilton

With PTFE plunger seal.

Gastight microlitre syringes with cemented-in needles (N).

Needles are electro-tapered (LTN).

9.221 448

Needle length Point style Type 1701 N 1702 N 1705 N 1710 N 1725 N 1750 LTN 1001 LTN 1002 LTN 1005 LTN 1010 LTN

3

Capacity µl 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10000

51mm 2 (GC) Gauge

Point style

26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s 22s

2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC) 2 (GC)

PK Cat. No. 9.221 448 1 9.221 449 9.221 450 9.221 455 9.221 460 9.221 465 9.221 470 2 9.221 475 9.221 480 9.221 485

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Microlitre syringes, 1800 series, with ceneted or removable needle

1801 N 1802 N 1805 N 1810 N 1825 N 1801 RN 1802 RN 1805 RN 1810 RN 1825 RN

4

Capacity µl 10 25 50 100 250 10 25 50 100 250

Gauge

Point style

26s 22s 22s 22s 22s 26s 22s 22s 22s 22s

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 836 9.221 837 9.221 838 9.221 839 9.221 840 9.221 831 9.221 832 9.221 833 9.221 834 9.221 835

Microlitre syringes, 7000 series, with removable needle

4 Hamilton

- 0.5µl - 5µl - For use with liquids - Removable needles (KH) - Positive displacement - Sample contained in the needle - No dead volume - Replaceable syringe parts Needle length 70mm Type

Capacity µl 7000.5 KH 0.5 1.0 7001 KH 1.0 7101 KH 7002 KH 2.0 7102 KH 2.0 7105 KH 5.0 7000.5OC KH 0.5 0.5 7000.5 KH 7001 KH 1.0 7101 KH 1.0 7002 KH 2.0 7102 KH 2.0 7105 KH 5.0

Gauge

Point style

25 25 22 25 23 24 32 25 25 22 25 23 24

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9.221 470

Hamilton

10µl to 250µl - for use with gases and liquids - removable needles (RN) or cemented needles (N) - precision-machined PTFE-tipped plungers - reinforced plungers - plunger assemblies and glass barrels are replaceable Type

2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6.700 111 9.221 121 6.802 391 6.204 624 6.801 037 9.221 125 9.221 590 9.221 126 6.802 598 9.221 131 9.221 122 9.221 132 6.050 160

Spare unit for Microlitre syringes, 7000 series Hamilton Type Spare unit for syringes 7000.5 Spare unit for syringes 7001 Spare unit for syringes 7002 Spare unit for syringes 7105 Spare unit for syringes 7101 Spare unit for syringes 7102 E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.221 181 9.221 182 9.221 183 9.221 184 9.221 185 9.221 186

1403

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes 1

1

Microlitre syringe needles for HPLC Hamilton

Removable. For use with Rheodyne valves and Valco system VSF 2. Fit Hamilton syringes from 5µl to 100µl capacity.

Needle length

51mm

Type

Volume Gauge

7780-04 7770-01

250 µl - 1000 µl 22s 2,5 µl - 100 µl 22s

Point style

PK

Cat. No.

6 6

6.203 934 9.221 603

3 (HPLC) 3 (HPLC)

Microlitre syringes for GC-autosamplers A

2

Hamilton

With cemented-in needles (N). For GC-autosamplers Agilent 7670 A, 7671 A, 7672 A and CTC GC PAL autosampler.

9.221 002

Syringe types with Special needle (SN) available on request.

Needle length 51mm

3

Type

6.239 360

75 N CTC 701 N 701 N CTC 701 N CTC 7701.2 CTC 1701 N 1702 N CTC Slim Line 1702 N CTC 1710 CTC 1725 N CTC 1750 N CTC

Capacity µl 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 1.2 10.0 25.0 25.0 100.0 250.0 500.0

Gauge

Point style

26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s 26s

AS 2 (GC) 2 (GC) AS AS 2 (GC) AS AS AS AS AS

PK Cat. No. 6.304 828 9.221 002 2 6.301 578 6.303 229 6.900 991 9.221 448 9.221 040 6.239 337 6.206 124 6.239 360 3 9.221 041

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Microlitre syringe for GC-Autosampler

4 9.221 196

Hamilton

With cemented-in needles (N). For autosamplers Agilent 7673 - 7683, 6850 ALS and CTC GC PAL instruments.

Syringe types with Special needle (SN) available on request.

Gauge: 23s

5

Type

Capacity Point style µl 10 2 10 AS 10 AS

7.636 288

701 N CTC 701 N CTC 701 ASN

6 7

6 7

Needle length 51 51 43

1 9.221 063 1 7.636 288 5 1 9.221 196 4

GC-Syringes CTC Headspace®

The new High Dynamic (HD-) plunger has been optimised for higher throughput in the Hamilton headspace technique. This headspace syringe has been designed for the CTC PAL autosampler system. Modern GC Headspace analysis requires injecting over large temperature ranges. Traditional headspace syringes are composed of rubber O-ring sealed plungers which have a limited sealing performance at high temperatures.

Advantages: - New sealing system based on a novel metal spring allows working with enhanced tightness - Excellent performance over a large temperature range and temperature gradients - Increased life-time compared to traditional headspace syringes - Increased accuracy and reproducibility of headspace GC analysis

Type

1001 1001 1002 1002 1005 1005

Capacity Gauge µl 1000 1000 2500 2500 5000 5000

23 26 23 26 23 26

Needle length mm 56 56 51 51 51 51

Point style

5 5 5 5 5 5

Microlitre syringes for GC-autosamplers please see page 1470.

1404

PK Cat. No.

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

6.200 515 6.303 926 6.201 089 6.801 137 6.235 326 9.221 065

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes 1

1

Microlitre syringe C-Line for HPLC-Autosampler, for CTL autosampler Hamilton

With cemented-in needles (N).

Replacement plungers available on request.

Gauge 22s Needle length 51mm Point style 3 (HPLC) Type 700 Slim Line 1700 Slim Line 1700 1700 Slim Line 1700 Slim Line 1700 1700 1000 1000 1000

2

Capacity µl 10 10 25 25 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6.200 686 9.221 052 6.200 903 6.236 085 7.200 498 6.803 417 9.221 051 7.210 113 7.210 114 9.221 053

Repeat dispensing device PB600-1 for Microlitre syringes

2 Hamilton

For syringes 25µl to 2.5ml. Dispenses 2% of total syringe volume each time the plunger is depressed.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.221 650

PB 600-1

Gas syringes, FORTUNA®

3 Poulten & Graf

Borosilicate glass. Transparent calibrated barrel.

With chemically-resistant, diffused amber stain graduations.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 25 50 100 50 100

ml 1 1 1 1 1

Type

PK Cat. No. 9.143 057

Without stopcock Without stopcock Without stopcock With capillary stopcock With capillary stopcock

1 1 1 1 1

9.143 055 9.143 056 9.143 057 3 9.143 066 9.143 067 4

4

9.143 067

5 6

Syringes, FORTUNA OPTIMA®, Glass

5

With centre glass or metal luer nozzle. Interchangeable plungers and barrels (between identical capacity syringes). With amber graduations. Autoclavable up to +134°C.

Poulten & Graf

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.222 021 9.222 022 9.222 025 9.222 030 9.222 032 9.222 035 9.222 061 9.222 062 9.222 065 9.222 070 9.222 072 9.222 075

ml 1 2 5 10 20 50 1 2 5 10 20 50

Material Cone ex

Nozzle type

glass glass glass glass glass glass metal metal metal metal metal metal

luer luer luer luer luer luer luer-lock luer-lock luer-lock luer-lock luer-lock luer-lock E & OE.

6

1405

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Microlitre Syringes-Disposable syringes 1

2

3

1 2

Syringes, Glass-metal

With calibrated glass cylinder and plunger made of stainless steel. Plungers and cylinders interchangeable. With central metal cone. Graduated. Sterilisable up to +134°C.

Poulten & Graf

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.222 221 9.222 222 9.222 225 9.222 230 9.222 232 9.222 235 6.401 380 9.222 242 9.222 245 9.222 250 9.222 252 9.222 255

ml 1 2 5 10 20 50 1 2 5 10 20 50

3

Nozzle type Luer Luer Luer Luer Luer Luer Luer-Lock Luer-Lock Luer-Lock Luer-Lock Luer-Lock Luer-Lock

Disposable syringes HSW NORM-JECT®, 2-part, PP/PE, sterile

Your first choice for an inert syringe.

- PP barrel, with PE piston - smooth flow, tight, high transparency barrel - no rubber, styrene or DEHP, latex- and silicone-oil-free - pyrogen-free, PVC-free, non-toxic - sterile, individually blister strip packed - defined position of the plunger at volume ”0“ to feel when plunger is completely inserted - extended graduation for wider range of application - tested for use in HPLC - defined safety stop to avoid accidental pull-out of plunger and loss of medicine Capacity ml 1 : 1/100 (Tuberculin) 2 (3) 5 (6) 10 (12) 20 (24) 30 50 (60)

4

4 -

Barrel: PP, Plunger: PP and polyisoprene rubber Luer tip smooth flow, tight, high transparency barrel gliding of plunger supported by added slipping agent latex-free, pyrogen-free, DEHP-free, non-toxic sterile, individually blister strip packed defined safety stop to avoid accidental pull-out of plunger and loss of medicine

5

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100 50 30

9.410 000 9.410 002 9.410 005 9.410 010 9.410 020 9.410 025 9.410 050

NEW!

Disposable syringes HSW SOFT-JECT®, 3-part, PP, sterile

Capacity ml 1 (Tuberculin) 3 5 10 20 50 (60)

5

Henke-Sass Wolf GmbH

Henke-Sass Wolf GmbH

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100 50

9.410 061 9.410 062 9.410 063 9.410 064 9.410 065 9.410 066

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100 100

9.950 302 9.950 303 9.950 304 9.950 305 9.950 306 9.950 307

Syringe needles, Stainless steel, disposable, sterile

With Luer push-on fitting for use with disposable syringes. Supplied sterile in boxes of 100.

Gauge 18G x 1½ inch* 19G x 1½ inch 20G x 1 inch** 21G x 1½ inch** 23G x 1 inch 25G x 5/8 inch

Diam. mm 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5

Length mm 40 40 25 40 25 16

* is a thin wall needle with a short bevel. ** are intravenous thin wall needles.

1406

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Syringes/Disposable syringes 1

Capacity ml 2 5 10 20

Nozzle type Concentric Eccentric Eccentric Eccentric

1

Becton Dickinson

Clear barrel for perfect visualisaion of syringe contents.

- 2-piece syringes with Luer-Tip - Smooth plunger movement, reduced sliding force - Retaining ring: prevents accidential plunger rod withdrawal - Leak-tight: Tested in compliance with ISO 7886-1 - Scale marking: accurate graduation suited to user's needs - Design of finger grip flanges ensure stability and comfort during injection - Ergonomically designed plunger for single-handed operation - Barrel material: Polypropylene - Plunger material: Polyethylene - Plunger lubricant: Oleamide - Colour-coded packing units - Sterilization method: Ethylene oxide - Silicone oil-free - Sterile single packing, single use, latex-free, PVC-free For pressure applications we recommend three-part syringes.

2

NEW!

Syringes BD Discardit™ II, disposable, 2-piece, PP/PE, sterile

Grad. ml 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.00

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 80

6.052 153 7.619 784 9.410 403 6.052 157

Syringes, disposable, PP, sterile

2

Polypropylene with two-piece plunger and Luer nozzle. Without needle. Supplied sterile, individually pouch-sealed in outer boxes.

Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 50

3

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 120 60

9.950 296 9.950 297 9.950 298 9.950 299 9.950 300 9.950 301

Disposable needles HSW FINE-JECT®, PP/stainless steel, sterile

Type Pravaz 1 Pravaz 2 Pravaz 12 Pravaz 14 Pravaz 16 Pravaz 18 Pravaz 20

Diam. mm 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4

Length mm 40 40 30 30 25 25 20

3 Henke-Sass Wolf GmbH

Sterile. Individually wrapped.

Disposable. Luer fitting with plastic sheath.

4

PK

Colour

PK

Cat. No.

yellow green black blue blue brown grey

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

9.410 101 9.410 102 9.410 112 9.410 114 9.410 116 9.410 118 9.410 120

Micro capillaries

4

These disposable micro capillaries fill automatically from end to end. Their accuracy is better than 1%. A capillary tube holder is supplied with each pack. Also contains a small bulb with aperture which can be inserted into capillary and used as an effective support for filling and emptying tubes.

Capacity µl 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100

9.020 192 9.020 193 9.020 194 9.020 195 9.020 196

1407

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE

Basic principles of SPE SPE is a form of digital (step-wise) chromatography designed to extract, partition, and / or adsorb one or more components from a liquid phase (sample) onto a stationary phase (adsorbent or resin). An adsorbed substance can be removed from the adsorbent by step-wise increase of elution strength of the eluent (step gradient technique). SPE extends a chromatographic system’s lifetime, improves qualitative and quantitative analysis, and the demand placed on an analytical instrument is considerably lessened.

In general, SPE is used for three important purposes in stateof-the-art analyses: Solid phase extraction (SPE) is a powerful method for sample preparation and is used by most chromatographers today.

More than 20 years ago MACHEREY-NAGEL designed and introduced CHROMABOND® SPE cartridges containing silica-based adsorbents. Since then we developed the widest range of phases and products for SPE based on silica and polymeric materials.

SPE has capabilities in a broad range of applications:

removal of interfering compounds (protection of subsequent analyses like HPLC, GC, TLC, UV or IR spectroscopy, …) changing an analyte’s environment to a simpler matrix more suitable for subsequent analyses Advantages of SPE compared to classical liquid-liquid extraction:

organic chemistry

lower consumption of solvents

food analysis

faster – enormous time savings lower costs per sample potential for automation

ine

ge

il So

Ve

ta

bl

e

high consistency in individual sample handling Ta ble Bl ts oo d

Ur

Drinking water

d Foo

Solid phase extraction

environmental analyses pharmaceutical and biochemical analyses

concentration of the analyte (up to factor 10.000 - increase of chromatographic sensibility / improved limits of detection)

te

more specific selectivity because of the broad range of adsorbents and different retention mechanisms optimisation of extraction by variation or adjusting of the solid phase and chromatographic conditions

l

oi

as

W

Fruit Separation of food additives 1. Acesulfam K 2. Saccharin 3. Benzoic acid 4. Sorbic acid 5. Aspartam

1

5

2 3

Pesticides PAHs PCBs Drugs Dyes Vitamins

1408

before SPE

4

after SPE time [min] →

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE

Basic principles and summary of MN phases for SPE

Design of columns and cartridges All CHROMABONDŽ columns and CHROMADIXŽ cartridges are manufactured from polypropylene (PP) with lowest content of extractables (plasticizers, stabilisers, ‌) offering blank value free results by usage of most common solvents. The high quality CHROMABONDŽ adsorbents are kept in place by

!

"

#$!%

"

&

! ' * % +34567859;ÂŽ adsorbents are available on request.

CHROMABONDÂŽ sample reservoir polypropylene or glass

CHROMABONDÂŽ polypropylene columns

CHROMAFIXÂŽ <

" &

%

&&

&

= > $

=?

@ % " &

"

? " male luer tip as exit

@ %

@ " F 7' +J +

7 K ÂŽ) CHROMABONDÂŽ glass columns are available on request.

adsorbent Luer tip

male elements

Solid phase extraction

adsorbent

Luer tip elements

Phase Matrix RP phases 34!^ 'Z;_8 '!4 'Z;_8

6

Z 7

C=W

octadecyl, not endcapped

silica

NH

aminopropyl

silica

9_`!+

' J!^ 5 ÂŽ HLB, Nexus ' J ';8!< 8 ÂŽ 9_ 8 ÂŽ <6' ;+'! 'Z;_8

9_ '!;_8 8 * @ J 3 5! @ ;_8 ` ÂŽ = = ' J +=W!{ 7 @ ÂŽ +=W 8 * @ J

` ÂŽ +=W < + ÂŽ 4 !=W

octadecyl, not endcapped, for polar analytes ' J ' != 8 ÂŽ

;'+!' <+!' +< 79!{ ÂŽ silica, AccubondÂŽ

8 * @ J

" ` ÂŽ silica, LiChrolutÂŽ ' ' J 93 ' ! *ÂŽ NH 8

93 ;'+!93 <+!93 , +< 79!{ ÂŽ aminopropyl, AccubondÂŽ NH 8 * @ J

IsoluteÂŽ NH , LiChrolutÂŽ NH ;'+!; <+!; 7 @ ÂŽ Diol (OH) <+!7 !7Z9Z8, AccubondÂŽ aluminium oxide 7Z9Z8 ' J <! 4 ' ! *ÂŽ

ÂŽ 8 ÂŽ

ÂŽ 9_`!

ÂŽ <+! ÂŽ +< 79!{ ÂŽ

ÂŽ, AccubondÂŽ

ÂŽ, 8 * @ J

ÂŽ, IsoluteÂŽ < < + ÂŽ

ÂŽ ; 7!$'

OH silica diol 7 | 7Z9Z8 |

Z

Z @

ÂŽ magnesium silicate

PA

$ Ion exchangers '7 silica

PP

" %

three different sizes with different adsorbent weights: S Q

M W

L " = W

female Luer tip at the inlet, male Luer tip as exit offers alternative way of handling using positive pressure by syringes or peristaltic pumps

&

' &

'

\

removal of organic components

C=W Hydra silica Normal phases ' 53 silica

CHROMAFIXÂŽ cartridges

@

| "

'+^

' J '+^ 8 ÂŽ '+^ ;'+!'+^ <+!'+^ +< 79!{ ÂŽ Benzenesulfonic Acid, AccubondÂŽ '+^ 8 * @ J 7

' & 7 ` ÂŽ '+^ < + ÂŽ '+^

'7 silica propylsulphonic acid cation exchanger '!53â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 'Z;_8 strong anion exchanger, OHâ&#x20AC;&#x201C; form OasisÂŽ MAX '!3+ 'Z;_8 strong cation exchanger, H+ form OasisÂŽ 6+^ ' J ^!+

'!7"+ 'Z;_8 strong cation exchanger, Ag+ form '!8 ~ 'Z;_8 strong cation exchanger, Ba ~ form Phases for special applications ' J ' !+ 8 ÂŽ + & ` ;'+!6+7^ + ' ÂŽ ;7{

Drug silica bifunctional CW Z '7 &

&

" &

AccubondÂŽ | 8 * @ J 9 ! ` ÂŽ HCX, LiChrolutÂŽ K'+ urine Drug II silica bifunctional CW Z '8 &

|

& K3+

! ' J ' !7 8

+ & `` + ' ÂŽ THC,

%

&

@ "

BakerbondÂŽ 9 != ` ÂŽ HAX +9Z' 53 silica combination phase for PAHs from soil NH Z+=W silica combination phase for PAHs from water Na '5QZ ÂŽ @

&

|

&

@ &

%

;`9 3!?> Z `'5 ;`' #>Â&#x20AC;Â&#x20AC;!Q '7Z' 53 silica combination phase for PCBs from waste oil Diamino silica primary and s

& '7 &

! ' '7 8

'7

&

& Â + 4'

\

%

@

E & OE.

1409

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

1

CHROMABOND® HR-X

Spherical, hydrophobic polystyrene-divinylbenzene resin for SPE

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Hydrophobic polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer pH stability 1 to14. High-purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to a novel manufacturing process, spherical particles 85mm; pore size 55 to 60Å. Very high surface 1000m²/g; capacity 390mg/g (caffeine in water). Excellent recovery rates especially for the enrichment of pharmaceuticals/active ingredients due to the spherical structure of the particles, very homogeneous surface, and optimised pore structure.

Recommended applications: pharmaceuticals/active ingredients from tablets, creams and water/waste water, drugs and pharmaceuticals from urine, blood, serum and plasma trace analysis of pesticides.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 30 60 100 200 500 500 1000 200 200

30 30 30 30 30 20 20 250 250

4.003 808 4.003 811 4.003 809 4.003 814 4.003 813 4.003 819 4.003 820 4.003 806 4.003 815

ml 1 3 1 6 3 15 15 3 6

BIGpacks: 4.003 806/4.003 815 Cartridges in further sizes and phases of the HR-X poduct range available on request.

Highest reproducibility ✓ within each batch Compounds:

Standard protocol for method development with CHROMABOND® HR-X Column type: CHROMABOND® HR-X 3 ml / 200 mg Sample pretreatment: if necessary, adjust pH value Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol Equilibration: 5 ml water Sample application: slowly aspirate the sample through the column Column washing: 5 ml water – methanol (95:5, v/v) Elution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol

✓ from batch to batch 100

A phenobarbital B pentobarbital C hexobarbital

50

0

A B C

A B C

A B C

Batch 1

Batch 2

Batch 3

Further analysis: if necessary, evaporate and redissolve in a suitable solvent; HPLC or GC

Barbiturates from serum Column type: CHROMABOND® HR-X 3 ml / 200 mg Sample: 100 ng/ml each in serum Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol, 5 ml dist. water Sample application: 1 ml spiked serum Column washing: 5 ml water Elution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol Further analysis: HPLC on NUCLEODUR® 100-5 C18 ec, see MN Appl.

No. 117820 MN Appl. No. 304290

2

2

MN Appl. No. 304310

CHROMABOND® C18

Octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE, not endcapped

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm for C18, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8 octadecyl phases, not endcapped, carbon content 14% possesses more free silanols (SiOH), which allow secondary interactions with polar groups of the analytes.

Recommended applications: non-polar compounds, pesticides.

Capacity ml 1 3 3 6 6 6 15 45 70 3 6 6

1410

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500 2000 1000 2000 5000 10000 500 500 1000

100 50 50 30 30 30 20 20 10 250 250 250

6.226 798 9.003 487 9.003 488 6.902 222 4.003 512 6.234 031 4.003 464 6.700 747 4.003 561 4.003 433 4.003 435 4.003 437

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

CHROMAFIX® C18

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Octadecyl modified silica phase, not endcapped.

Size

Capacity mg 270 530 950

S M L

2

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 50

7.083 665 7.079 617 4.003 838

CHROMABOND® C18 Hydra

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE of polar analytes

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, special octadecyl phase for polar analytes, not endcapped, carbon content 15%.

Recommended applications: more polar compounds like pesticides and their polar degradation products, phenols, phenoxycarboxylic acids, nitroaromatics, pharmaceuticals.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml 1 1 3 3 6 3 6 6 6

mg 50 100 200 500 500 1000 1000 2000 3000

100 100 50 50 30 50 30 30 30

4.003 565 4.003 566 4.003 567 4.003 569 4.003 573 4.003 571 4.003 575 4.003 576 4.003 577

3

CHROMABOND® NH2

3 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Aminopropyl modified silica phase for SPE

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, aminopropyl phase, carbon content 3.5%, polar, weak anion exchanger.

Recommended applications: trace elements, lipids.

Volume ml 1 3 3 3 6 6

Capacity mg 100 200 500 500 500 1000

PK

Cat. No.

100 50 50 250 30 30

4.003 465 4.003 609 6.228 063 4.003 466 6.224 868 6.224 845

BIGpacks: 4.003 466

4

CHROMABOND® OH (Diol)

4 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Diol modified silica phase for SPE

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, diol phase, carbon content 5.5%, polar properties similar to SiOH. Recommended application: antibiotics, prostaglandins.

Capacity ml 1 3 3 6

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500

100 50 50 30

4.003 470 4.003 610 4.003 471 6.224 847

E & OE.

1411

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

1

CHROMABOND® SiOH MACHEREY-NAGEL

Unmodified silica phase for SPE

Unmodified, weakly acidic silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, very polar, adsorbs humidity from air, for this reason it should be kept well closed and if necessary dried before use due to its high affinity for polar compounds it should not be conditioned with polar (e.g. methanol) or water-containing solvents.

Recommended applications: aflatoxins, chloramphenicol, pesticides, steroids, vitamins.

Capacity ml 1 3 3 6 6 6 15 45 70 150 3 6 6

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500 1000 2000 2000 5000 10000 50000 500 1000 2000

100 50 50 30 30 30 20 20 10 10 250 250 250

6.225 223 4.003 547 7.085 047 6.801 894 4.003 481 4.003 498 4.003 550 4.003 605 6.202 850 4.003 630 4.003 477 4.003 482 4.003 499

BIGpacks: 4.003 477/4.003 482/4.003 499

2

2

CHROMABOND® Alox A/Alox N/Alox B

aluminium oxide, acidic, neutral, basic

MACHEREY-NAGEL

aluminium oxide, high purity, pore volume 0.90ml/g, particle size 60 to 150µm, specific surface 150m²/g, acidic, pH 4 ±0.5, recommended application: together with phase SA for PCB and pesticides.

Alox A: acidic, pH 4 ±0.5 Alox N: neutral, pH 7 ±0.5 Alox B: basic, pH 9.5 ±0.5

3

Phase

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

Alox A Alox A Alox A Alox A Alox N Alox N Alox N Alox N Alox B Alox B Alox B Alox B

ml 3 6 6 45 3 6 6 45 3 6 6 45

mg 500 500 1000 4000 500 500 1000 4000 500 500 1000 4000

50 30 30 20 50 30 30 20 50 30 30 20

4.003 621 4.003 622 4.003 456 4.003 623 4.003 619 4.003 620 6.224 843 6.226 917 4.003 615 4.003 628 4.003 458 4.003 629

3

CHROMAFIX® Alox N MACHEREY-NAGEL

Aluminium oxide, neutral, pH 7 ±0.5 Size S L

1412

Capacity mg 850 1700

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

50 50

4.003 853 4.003 854

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

CHROMABOND® Florisil®

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Magnesium silicate for SPE Matrix magnesium silicate (MgO to SiOH 15:85), high purity, particle size 150 to 250µm.

Recommended application: organic tin compounds, aliphatic carboxylic acids, PCB, PAH.

Volume ml 3 3 6 6 6 6*

Capacity mg 200 500 500 1000 1000 1000

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 30 30 250 30

4.003 624 4.003 488 4.003 557 6.224 842 4.003 489 4.003 490

BIGpacks: 4.003 489 *Glass columns

2

CHROMABOND® PA

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Polyamide 6 for SPE Matrix polyamide 6, unmodified, high purity, particle size 40 to 80µm.

Recommended application: flavonoids, PAH.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml 3 3 6 6

mg 200 500 500 1000

50 50 30 30

4.003 595 4.003 511 7.089 089 7.400 537

3

CHROMABOND® PSA

3 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Propylsulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPE

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, propylsulphonic acid modified silica, very strong cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.7meq/g), contrary to the SA phase no P-P interactions.

Recommended applications: weak cations.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml 1 3 6

mg 100 500 1000

100 50 30

4.003 626 4.003 627 6.206 233

4

CHROMABOND® SA

4

Benzenesulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPE (SCX)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, benzenesulphonic acid modified silica, strongly acidic cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.5meq/g). Adsorbent with hydrophobic and Π-Π interactions (benzene ring). Ion exchange of organic compounds from aqueous matrix. Elution of interesting compounds with solvent systems, which compensate the ionic and nonpolar interactions, e.g. methanolic HCl. Recommended application: amino acids, amines, chlorophyll, PCB.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500 1000 500

100 50 50 30 30 250

6.314 563 4.003 563 7.051 056 4.003 613 6.224 846 4.003 485

ml 1 3 3 6 6 3 BIGpack: 4.003 485

E & OE.

1413

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

1

SPE phases for RP/ ion chromatography

SPE phases for polymer-based RP and ion chromatography

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Base material: high-purity polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymers (PS/DVB) pore size 100 Å, paricle size 100µm. Verly low degree of swelling, thus very well suited for chromatography. Reliable function over the whole pH range from 0-14. Different modifications for different applications from elimination of nonpolar compounds up to removal of specific polar comonents.

Recommended application: Removal of interfering compounds - improves chromatographic separtions, if the interfering components overlap with the analyte in the chromatogram - improves lifetime of the chromatographic column, since interfering components can irreversibly block the column packing Enrichment of the analytes

removal of organic interfering components from water removal or concentration of anions from water increasing the pH value in acidic samples removal or concentration of cations from water decreasing the pH value in basic samples removal of halide ions from water removal of sulphate ions from water

2

PS-RP hydrophobic PS/DVB-copolymer PS-OH- strong PS/DVB anion exanger, OH- form capacity 0.6 meq/g PS-H+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, H+ form, capacity 2.9 meg/g PS-Ag+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ag+ form PS-Ba²+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ba²+ Form

Phase

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

PS-OHPS-H+ PS-OHPS-H+ PS-OHPS-H+

ml 3 3 3 3 6 6

mg 200 200 500 500 500 500

30 30 30 30 30 30

4.003 600 4.003 702 4.003 581 4.003 589 4.003 591 4.003 590

2

CHROMAFIX® PS MACHEREY-NAGEL

3

Phase

Size

PS-RP PS-OHPS-H+ PS-Ag+ PS-Ba2+ PS-RP PS-OHPS-H+ PS-Ag+ PS-Ba2+ PS-OH PS-H+

S S S S S M M M M M L L

3

Capacity mg 200 200 230 240 280 320 380 430 480 550 800 900

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

4.003 869 4.003 867 4.003 866 4.003 865 4.003 868 6.228 258 4.003 861 7.401 474 4.003 864 7.402 218 4.003 862 4.003 863

CHROMABOND® Drug

Special silica phase for SPE enrichment of drugs from urine or plasma

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, special bifunctional modification - C8/SA (strong cation exchanger - benzenesulphonic acid).

Recommended application: enrichment of acidic, neutral and basic drugs from urine or plasma.

Capacity ml 1 3 3 6

1414

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500

100 50 50 30

4.003 696 6.802 715 4.003 699 4.003 697

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

CHROMABOND® Drug II

1

Special silica phase for SPE of THC and derivatives acidic analytes from biological fluids (urine, blood ...)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8, special bifunctional modification - C8/SB (strong anion exchanger - quaternary amine).

Recommended applications: extraction of THC and derivatives from urine, blood, serum, plasma, acidic analytes from biological fluids.

Capacity

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

mg 100 200 500 500

100 50 50 30

4.003 700 4.003 695 4.003 701 4.003 698

ml 1 3 3 6

2

CHROMABOND® NH2/C18

2

Combination phase for SPE analysis of PAH from water containing humic acids

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Special combination phase: aminopropyl phase for removal of interfering humic acids, octadecyl phase for enrichment of PAH. Recommended application: PAH from water containing humic acids.

Capacity ml 6 6

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml / mg 500 / 500 500 / 1000

30 30

6.228 257 4.003 675

Glass columns available on request.

PAHs from water containing humic acids Column type: Sample application: aspirate 500 ml of the pretreated CHROMABOND® NH2/C18, 6 ml, 500 mg/1 g water sample through the column (~ 5 ml/min) glass column Washing: 2 ml dist. water – 2-propanol (9:1, v/v), then Sample pretreatment: dry column (about 20 min, vacuum) mix 500 ml water sample with 25 ml 2-propanol Elution: 4 x 0.5 ml CH2Cl2 (percolate first 0.5 ml into the column packing without vacuum, the apply light Column conditioning: 10 ml dichloromethane, 10 ml vacuum), if necessary evaporate in a stream of nitrogen methanol, then 10 ml dist. water – 2-propanol (9:1, and fill up with a suitable solvent v/v) MN Appl. No. 301260

3

CHROMABOND® CN/SiOH

3 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Combination phase for SPE analysis of PAH

Special combination phase, cyanopropyl phase for selective adsorption of polycyclic aromatics via Π-Π interactions, unmodified silica phase for removal of polar compounds.

Recommended applications: Extraction of the 16 PAHs according to EPA from soil samples.

Capacity ml 3 6 6

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml / mg 500 / 1000 500 / 1000 500 / 1000

50 30 250

4.003 507 6.233 128 4.003 514

BIGpack: 4.003 514 E & OE.

1415

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE PAHs from soil Column type: Sample application: CHROMABOND® CN/SiOH, aspirate 20 ml of the extract through the column 6 ml, 500/1000 mg Washing: 2 ml petroleum ether Sample pretreatment: dry 30 g soil with sodium sulElution: 2 x 2 ml acetonitrile / toluene (3:1, v/v), then phate and reflux 4 h with 250 ml petroleum ether in a evaporate or fill to the volume required Soxhlet extractor. For low PAH contents (colourless or Further analysis: HPLC, e. g. with column 250 x 3 mm weakly coloured extracts) concentrate extract to 1/10 NUCLEOSIL® 5 C18 PAH of its volume in a rotation evaporator. recovery rates see application 301310 at Column conditioning: 4 ml petroleum ether www.mn-net.com MN Appl. Nr. 301310

1

1

CHROMABOND® Na2SO4/Florisil®

Combination phase for SPE of hydrocarbons from water acc. to DIN H53/ISO DIS 9377-4

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Special combination phase of sodium sulphate and Florisil®.

Recommended application: hydrocarbons from drinking, surface and waste waters.

Volume ml 6 6* 6*

Capacity ml / mg 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2000

PK

Cat. No.

30 30 250

4.003 558 6.900 415 4.003 559

BIGpacks: 4.003 559 *Glass columns

Hydrocarbons from water Column type: Add enough dist. water to separate the organic from CHROMABOND® Na2SO4/Florisil®, the aqueous phase.

2000/2000 mg, 6 ml glass column Column conditioning: 5 ml petroleum ether Internal standard solution: dissolve 20 mg n-tetraconSample application: tane (C40H82) in petroleum ether, add 20 ml n-decane slowly aspirate or force the sample through the column (C10H22) and fill up to 1 litre with petroleum ether. For Elution: wash with 10 ml petroleum ether. Evaporate perparation of the extraction solution dilute standard the combined solutions from sample application and solution 1:10 with petroleum ether. elution to 1 ml at about 75 °C. If necessary, fill up to Sample pretreatment: adjust 900 ml water (10 °C) with 1 ml again. (If the hydrocarbon content is high, evapoHCl (12 mol/l) to pH 2 and add 80 g MgSO4. Add 50 ml ration to 1 ml may not be necessary.) of the extraction solution, close the bottle and stir the Recovery rate: must be > 80 % for n-tetracontane.

MN Appl. No. 302090 suspension intensely for 30 min.

2

2

CHROMABOND® SA/SiOH

Combination phase for SPE analysis of PCB

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Special combination phase: SA: strongly acidic cation exchanger based on silica with benzenesulphonic acid modification.

SiOH: unmodified silica for removal of polar compounds.

Recommended application: extraction of PCB from waste oil (hexane extract).

Capacity ml 3 3

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

ml / mg 500 / 500 500 / 500

50 250

6.901 798 4.003 513

BIGpack: 4.003 513

1416

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE PCBs from waste oil Column type: CHROMABOND® SA/SiOH, 3 ml, 500/500 mg

Elution: aspirate or force another 2 x 500 μl n-hexane through the column; collect all n-hexane fractions and if necessary adjust to a concentration suitable for subsequent analysis by either evaporting n-hexane in a stream of nitrogen or by dilution with n-hexane Recovery rates: PCB-28 97 %, PCB-52 96 %. PCB-101 95 %, PCB-138 90 %, PCB-153 95 %, PCB-180 96 %, PCB-209 100 %

Column conditioning: 1 ml n-hexane Sample application: apply 250 μl waste oil to the column and aspirate or force it into the adsorbent with 2 x 1 ml n-hexane MN Appl. No. 301390

1

Adsorbent CHROMABOND® Diamino

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Weight g 100 20

2

PK

Cat. No.

100 20

4.003 688 4.003 689

Accessories CHROMABOND® QuEchERS

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

50ml PP-centrifuge tube with crew cap

50

4.003 552

3

CHROMABOND® Flash cartridges for Biotage® systems

Product range designed for use in Flash systems of Biotage AB (Flash 12i™ and FlashMaster™) without additional connectors or capillaries.

3 MACHEREY-NAGEL

on request all column types listed below can be packed with any CHROMABOND® adsorbent (please note that other packings often result in differing adsorbent weights).

CHROMABOND® Flash RS columns for Teledyne Isco® systems (RS) on request.

Description

Flash FM 15/2 SiOH Flash FM 25/5 SiOH Flash FM 25/10 SiOH Flash FM 70/10 SiOH Flash FM 70/20 SiOH Flash FM 70/25 SiOH Flash FM 150/25 SiOH Flash FM 150/50 SiOH Flash FM 150/70 SiOH Flash FM 15/2 C18 ec Flash FM 25/5 C18 ec Flash FM 70/10 C18 ec Flash FM 150/50 C18 ec Flash FM 70/10 NH2 Flash FM 70/20 NH2

Column Length cm 9.0 10.0 10.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 17.0 17.0 17.0 9.0 10.0 15.4 17.0 15.4 15.4

Int. diam. mm 15.80 20.50 20.50 26.80 26.80 26.80 38.20 38.20 38.20 15.80 20.50 26.80 38.20 26.80 26.80

Capacity

PK

Cat. No.

g 2.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 50.0 70.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 50.0 10.0 20.0

50 50 50 30 30 30 20 20 10 50 20 20 10 1 1

4.003 785 4.003 792 4.003 693 4.003 787 4.003 799 4.003 793 4.003 694 4.003 789 4.003 784 4.003 791 4.003 786 4.003 788 4.003 790 4.003 731 4.003 730

E & OE.

1417

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE 1

1

CHROMABOND® vacuum manifolds and accessories

for simultaneous preparation of up to 12, 16 or 24 samples replacement parts and accessories for special applications

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Vacuum manifold complete consists of: glass cabinet with lid and lid gasket, removable needles on lower side of lid, vacuum gauge, control valve, valves and caps, variable rack.

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Vacuum manifold complete for up to 12 columns or cartridges (incl. reservoir tank) Vacuum manifold complete for up to 16 columns or cartridges Vacuum manifold complete for up to 24 columns or cartridges Lids with gaskets for 12 columns (incl. Luer fittings and valves), plastic Gaskets for lid with 12 positions (4.003 530, 9.003 479) Luer fittings for lid, female Luer fittings for lid, male Valves, plastic Stainless steel needles Drying attachment for 12 columns Products for protection from cross contamination valve, brass, tarnished Products for protection from cross contamination valve as above Products for protection from cross contamination stainless steel connectors Tubing adaptor for 1,3 and 6 ml polypropylene columns (PTFE)

1 1 1 1 2 12 12 12 12 1 1 12 12 4

9.003 479 4.003 586 7.056 914 4.003 530 6.801 608 4.003 534 4.003 535 7.089 161 7.079 432 4.003 536 4.003 538 7.089 162 7.079 431 6.900 713

Protection from cross contamination

Drying attachment

For special applications, which require maximum protection from cross contamination we supply chrome-plated brass valves and stainless steel or PTFE connectors, the application of which is shown below. These special connectors are fitted through the lid; thus the sample only has contact with the inert connector and not with the lid, directly flowing into the receptacle.

If the eluate has to be evaporated, this can be performed with the so-called drying attachment (11, see below). This special lid has a gas connector on one side (12), from which the gas is fed simultaneously to the 12 or 24 stations (13). Thus 12 or 24 eluates can be evaporated simultaneously by just changing the lid and applying a stream of inert gas, e. g. nitrogen.

SPE column with frits and solid phase Luer fitting, female lid of vacuum manifold with bore Luer fitting, male connector stainless steel needle

1418

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/SPE

Syringe filters CHROMAFIL® Syringe filters are used for filtration of suspended matter from liquid samples or gases. With CHROMAFIL®, rapid purification and removal of particles is very simple: just place the filter on the syringe, and you are ready for filtration. Special manipulations are not required. Contamination of sensitive instrumentation by solid impurities can be avoided, thus increasing lifetime of chromatographic columns and equipment.

Advantages: Polypropylene housing considerably better solvent stability compared to acrylate and polystyrene filters, low content of extractable substances Housing ultrasonically sealed, not glued no extractable components from glues The special thick rim of the housing is ideal for use of the filters in laboratory robots (e. g. Benchmate™).

Filtration in both directions possible, the liquid cannot bypass the membrane Luer lock on side of entry safe connection on the ”high pressure“ side

Sample clarification

Luer exit standard luer for 25 mm filters, minispike luer with low dead volume and small OD for 15 mm filters. Filter inlet and filter exit can be fitted to the CHROMABOND® columns for selective sample preparation with the aid of a special adaptor.

Deflector the stream of liquid is broken and distributed, and does not directly hit the membrane: this prevents rupture of the membrane

CHROMAFIL® BIG-BOXES 400 (25 mm) or 800 (15 mm) quality syringe filters food safe PE box with screw cap economical price

Star-shaped distribution device the liquid is evenly distributed to the whole membrane surface: this results in a better utilisation of the total area; the filter is not plugged up rapidly; high flow efficiency Colour coded filters filters with 0.2 μm pores have a yellow upper shell, that of filters with 0.45 μm pores is colourless; the different membrane types are distinguished by different colours of the lower shell Available pore sizes 0.2 and 0.45 μm (exceptions: PET filters with 1.2 μm, glass fibre filters with 1 μm, PES filters with 5 μm) Filter sizes: 25 and 15 mm diameter The small diameter filters are especially recommended for very small samples, which require extremely low dead volumes: 80 μl for 25 mm ∅, 12 μl for 15 mm ∅ All filters can be autoclaved at 121 °C and 1.1 bar for 30 min.

Recommended filter size depending on sample volume sample volume 1 – 10 ml 10 – 100 ml

recommended filter diameter 15 mm 25 mm

E & OE.

Depending on your filtration task you can choose filter membranes made from different materials: Material Polyester (PET) with or without glass fibre prefilter Regenerated cellulose (RC) Teflon® (PTFE) Cellulose mixed esters (MV) Cellulose acetate (CA) ∙ sterile and non-sterile Polyamide / Nylon (PA) Polyethersulfone (PES) ∙ sterile Polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) with or without glass fibre prefilter Glass fibre (GF)

1419

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/Syringe filters Chemical compatibility of filter materials The following table lists the chemical compatibility of our CHROMAFIL® materials. The chemical compatibility depends on several parameters such as time, pressure, temperature and concentration.

In most cases, CHROMAFIL® filters will have only short contact with a solvent. In these cases they may be used despite of limited compatibility.

For example, a PTFE filter with PP housing does not liberate any UV-detectable substances during filtration of 5 ml THF, although PP shows only limited resistance towards THF. Solvent Acetaldehyde Acetic acid, 100 % Acetone Acetonitrile Ammonia, 25 % Benzene n–Butanol Cyclohexane Dichloromethane Diethyl ether Dimethylformamide 1,4–Dioxane Ethanol Ethyl acetate Ethylene glycol Formic acid, 100 % Hydrochloric acid, 30 % Methanol Nitric acid, 65 % Oxalic acid, 10 % aqueous Petroleum ether Phosphoric acid, 80 % Potassium hydroxide, 1 mol/l 2–Propanol Sodium hydroxide, 1 mol/l Tetrachloromethane Tetrahydrofuran Toluene Trichloroethene Trichloromethane Urea Water Xylene

MV

CA

RC

PA

Material PTFE PVDF

PES

PET

GF

PP

Data not guaranteed. resistant, not resistant, limited resistance MV = cellulose mixed esters, CA = cellulose acetate, RC = regenerated cellulose, PA = polyamide, PTFE = polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon), PVDF = polyvinylidene difluoride, PES = polyethersulfone, PET = polyester, GF = glass fibre, PP = polypropylene (housing material)

1420

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/Syringe filters LLG-Syringe Filters We offer a line of syringe filters especially designed to provide efficient filtration of a broad variety of fluids, solvents, aqueous or inorganic solutions. Our syringe filters cover most applications in HPLC, pharmaceutical, environmental, biotechnology and food and beverage testing laboratories.

- Housing injected in Polypropylene or MABS - Multifunctional Syringe filters equipped with Female Luer-Lock/Male Luer Lock or Male Luer Slip connections for different applications - Pre-sterilised or non-sterile - Sterile products in individual hard blister - Superior pressure stability - Easy to identify because of colour code and printed description

LLG-Syringe Filters, non sterile Membrane

CA CA CA CA CA CA Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon RC RC RC RC PE PE PE PE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PES PES PES PES PVDF PVDF PVDF PVDF GF GF GF GF

6 7 Membrane

CA CA CA CA

Pore size µm 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.80 0.80 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.70 1.00 1.20 3.10

Housing

Acrylic, blue Acrylic, blue Acrylic, yellow Acrylic, yellow Acrylic, green Acrylic, green PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic PP PP PP PP PP PP PP PP

1 Diam.

PK Cat. No.

mm 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 25 25 25 25

9.055 500

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

9.055 500 9.055 501 9.055 502 9.055 503 9.055 504 7.970 389 9.055 520 9.055 521 9.055 522 9.055 523 9.055 530 9.055 531 9.055 532 9.055 533 9.055 540 9.055 541 9.055 542 9.055 543 7.970 402 9.055 535 7.970 385 6.255 331 9.055 524 9.055 525 9.055 526 7.970 213 7.970 258 7.970 387 9.055 534 7.970 286 9.055 550 9.055 551 9.055 552 9.055 553

1

2 2

3

4

9.055 520

4

9.055 530

5

9.055 541

6

Diam. Colour mm 13 25 13 25

3

5

LLG-Syringe Filters, CA, sterile Pore size µm 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45

9.055 503

blue blue yellow yellow

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 50 50

9.055 510 9.055 511 9.055 512 9.055 513

7

Disposable syringes please see page 1406.

E & OE.

1421

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/Syringe filters Syringe filters CHROMAFIL® MACHEREY-NAGEL

CHROMAFIL® Xtra labelled for method validation and cerification Xtra: imprint for direct identification of membrane type, diameter and pore size Xtra: low bleeding polypropylene housing Xtra: colour-free plain polypropylene

CHROMAFIL® syringe filters with polyester ( PET ) membrane MACHEREY-NAGEL

hydrophilic multipurpose membrane

For polar as well as non-polar solvents. The HPLC filter, especially suited for mixtures of water and organic solvents; for TOC/DOC determination; not cytotoxic, does not inhibit the growth of microorganisms and higher cells.

Polyester filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter (GF/PET): recommended for solutions with a high load of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions.

Type

Pore size

PET-20/25 PET-45/25 PET-120/25 PET-20/25 PET-45/25 PET-120/25 PET-20/15 MS* PET-45/15 MS* GF/PET-20/25 GF/PET-45/25 GF/PET-20/25 GF/PET-45/25

µm 0.20 0.45 1.20 0.20 0.45 1.20 0.20 0.45 1.0/0.20 1.0/0.45 1.0/0.20 1.0/0.45

Membrane Housing dia. colour top mm 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 15 yellow 15 colourless 25 blue 25 black 25 blue 25 black

Housing colour base

orange orange orange orange orange orange

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 400 400 400 800 800 100 100 400 400

4.003 417 6.232 548 6.232 549 4.003 418 4.003 416 6.233 172 4.003 397 4.003 398 9.049 079 9.049 080 9.049 020 9.049 021

MS = minispike on filter exit CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 417/6.232 548/6.232 549/4.003 418/4.003 416/6.233 172 BIG-BOX: 4.003 418/4.003 416/6.233 172/4.003 397/4.003 398/9.049 020/9.049 021 *also available as small pack with 100 pieces

1

1

CHROMAFIL® syringe filters with regenerated cellulose (RC) membrane

hydrophilic membrane with very low adsorption

MACHEREY-NAGEL

for aqueous and organic/aqueous liquids i.e. polar and medium polar sample solutions. Binding capacity for proteins 84µg/25mm filter.

Type

RC-20/25 RC-45/25 RC-20/25 RC-45/25 RC-20/15 MS RC-20/15 MS RC-45/15 MS RC-45/15 MS

Pore Membrane Housing size dia. colour top µm mm 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 15 yellow 0.20 15 yellow 0.45 15 colourless 0.45 15 colourless

Housing colour base

blue blue blue blue

MS = minispike on filter exit BIG-BOX: 4.003 425/6.233 891/4.003 399/4.003 400 CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 424/4.003 426/4.003 425/6.233 891

For more syringe Filters please see page 1421.

1422

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400 100 800 100 800

4.003 424 4.003 426 4.003 425 6.233 891 9.049 025 4.003 399 9.049 026 4.003 400

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/Syringe filters 1

CHROMAFIL® PTFE (Polytetrafluorethylene)

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

hydrophobic membrane

for nonpolar liquids and gases very resistant towards all kinds of solvents as well as acids and bases flushing with alcohol, followed by water, makes the originally hydrophobic membrane more hydrophilic.

Type

PTFE-20/25 PTFE-45/25 PTFE-20/25 PTFE-45/25 O-20/3 O-45/3 O-20/15 MS O-45/15 MS O-20/15 MS O-45/15 MS

Pore Membrane Housing size dia. colour top µm mm 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 3 natural 0.45 3 natural 0.20 15 yellow 0.45 15 natural 0.20 15 yellow 0.45 15 natural

Housing colour base

natural natural natural natural natural natural

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400 100 100 100 100 800 800

4.003 409 9.049 059 4.003 410 9.049 060 9.049 053 9.049 054 9.049 055 9.049 056 4.003 394 4.003 395

MS = minispike on filter exit BIG-BOX: 4.003 410/9.049 060/4.003 394/4.003 395 CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 409/9.049 059/4.003 410/9.049 060

2

CHROMAFIL® MV (cellulose mixed membrane)

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Hydrophilic membrane - for aqueous or polar solutions - CHROMAFIL® Xtra Type

MV-20/25 MV-45/25 MV-20/25 MV-45/25

Pore Membrane size dia. µm mm 0.20 25 0.45 25 0.20 25 0.45 25

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400

4.003 407 4.003 405 4.003 408 4.003 406

BIG-BOX: 4.003 408/4.003 406

3

CHROMAFIL® CA (cellulose acetate)

3 MACHEREY-NAGEL

hydrophilic membrane

For filtration of water-soluble oligomers and polymers, especially suited for biological macromolecules. Very high shape stability in aqueous solutions extremely low binding capacity for proteins (21µg/ 25mm filter).

Available in a sterile package (S) for filtration under sterile conditions (each filter individually sealed).

Type

CA-20/25 CA-45/25 CA-20/25 CA-45/25 CA-20/25 S* CA-45/25 S*

Pore Membrane Housing size dia. colour top µm mm 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 25 yellow 0.45 25 natural

Housing colour base

red red

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400 50 50

4.003 419 4.003 421 4.003 420 4.003 422 9.049 036 9.049 037

BIG-BOX: 4.003 420/4.003 422 *sterile pack CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 419/4.003 421/4.003 420/4.003 422

4

CHROMAFIL® PA (Polyamide = Nylon)

4 MACHEREY-NAGEL

rather hydrophilic membrane for aqueous and organic/aqueous medium polar liquids Type

PA-20/25 PA-45/25 PA-20/25 PA-45/25 AO-20/3 AO-45/3

Pore Membrane Housing size dia. colour top µm mm 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 25 labelled 0.45 25 labelled 0.20 3 light beige 0.45 3 light beige

Housing colour base

light beige light beige

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400 100 100

4.003 411 6.232 389 4.003 412 6.234 011 9.049 047 9.049 048

BIG-BOX: 4.003 412/6.234 011 CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 411/6.232 389/4.003 412/6.234 011 E & OE.

1423

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Sample preparation/Syringe filters 1

1

CHROMAFIL® Polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF)

hydrophilic membrane MACHEREY-NAGEL for polar and nonpolar solutions, water-soluble oligomers and polymers like proteins binding capacity for proteins 82µg/25mm filter. The PVDF filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter (GF/P) is recommended for filtration of biological samples with high particle loads. This filter features a high binding capacity for proteins.

Also suited for filtration of polar and non-polar solutions.

Type

Pore size

PVDF-20/25 PVDF-45/25 PVDF-20/25 PVDF-45/25 GF/P-45/25 GF/P-45/25

Membrane Housing dia. colour top mm 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 labelled 25 black 25 black

µm 0,20 0,45 0,20 0,45 1,0/0,45 1,0/0,45

Housing colour base

white white

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 400 400 400 100

4.003 413 9.049 063 4.003 414 4.003 415 4.003 402 4.003 401

CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 4.003 413/9.049 063/4.003 414/4.003 415 BIG-BOX: 4.003 414/4.003 402/4.003 415

2

2

CHROMAFIL® Glass fibre (GF)

inert filter MACHEREY-NAGEL nominal pore size 1µm, allows higher flow rates than smaller pore filters; for solutions with high loads of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions (e. g. soil samples, fermentation broths) as prefilters for other CHROMAFIL® filters, they prevent plugging of the membrane.

Type

Pore size

µm GF- 100/25 nom. 1.0 GF- 100/25 nom. 1.0 GF- 100/15 MS nom. 1.0

Membrane Housing dia. colour top mm 25 labelled 25 labelled 15 blue

Housing colour base

natural

PK

Cat. No.

100 400 100

6.232 362 4.003 423 9.049 077

MS = minispike on filter exit CHROMAFIL® Xtra: 6.232 362/4.003 423 BIG-BOX: 4.003 423

3

3

Syringe filters, disposable, Spartan® range

Versatile use - ready-to-use filter units with a hydrophilic, GE Healthcare low protein-binding membrane made of regenerated cellulose.

First class chemical resistance against the usual aqueous and organic HPLC solvents - Spartan® 13 and 30 are tested and certified for UV adsorbance substances at wavelengths of 210nm and 254nm with water, methanol and acetonitrile; - Spartan® 13 has an extremely low hold up volume; <10µl, for optimal filtration Applications: Ideal for HPLC sample preparation to achieve reproducible results. Carefully controlled manufacture guarantees lowest traces of UV- absorbing, extractable components.

Type

Diam.

13 RC 13 RC 13 RC 13 RC 13 RC 13 RC 13 RC 30 RC 30 RC 30 RC 30 RC 30 RC

mm 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 30 30

Pore size µm 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.45

Connection in / out

PK

Cat. No.

LLF/LM LLF/LM LLF/Mini-Tip LLF/Mini-Tip LLF/LM LLF/Mini-Tip LLF/Mini-Tip LLF/LM LLF/LM LLF/LM LLF/LM LLF/LM

100 500 100 500 100 100 500 100 500 50 100 500

9.049 948 9.049 980 9.049 943 9.049 951 9.049 949 9.049 944 9.049 950 9.049 941 9.049 965 9.049 960 9.049 942 9.049 959

LLF = luer-lock female LM = luer male

For more syringe Filters please see page 1421.

1424

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns

NUCLEODUR® high purity silica for HPLC

NUCLEODUR® is a fully synthetical type B silica (silica of 3rd generation) offering highly advanced physical properties like totally spherical particle shape, outstanding surface microstructure, high pressure stability and low metal content.

NUCLEODUR® as a state-of-the-art silica is the ideal base material for modern HPLC phases. It is the result of MACHEREY-NAGELʼs pioneering research in chromatography for more than 40 years and succeeds MNʼs famous NUCLEOSIL® silica.

Columns for HPLC

In RP liquid chromatography the efficiency of the packing is strongly affected by the quality of the base silica itself. Shortcomings in the surface geometry of the particles or metal contaminants are the main reasons for inadequate coverage with the covalently bonded alkylsilanes in the subsequent derivatization steps. It is well known, that poor surface coverage and, in consequence, high activity of residual free silanols often results in peak tailing or adsorption, particularly with basic compounds.

Particle shape and surface symmetry

NUCLEODUR® is virtually free of metal impurities and low acidic surface silanols. Elemental analysis data of NUCLEODUR® 5 μm measured by AAS are listed below.

Elementary analysis (metal ions) of NUCLEODUR® 100-5 Aluminium Iron Sodium Calcium Titanium Zirconium Arsenic Mercury

< < < < < < < <

5 5 5 10 1 1 0.5 0.05

ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm

Pressure stability The totally spherical and 100% synthetic silica gel exhibits an outstanding mechanical stability, even at high pressures up to 800 bar and elevated eluent flow rates.

In addition, after several cycles of repeated packing, no significant drop in pressure can be observed. The latter is of prime importance for preparative and processscale applications.

Physical properties of NUCLEODUR® Surface (BET) Pore size Pore volume

340 m2/g 110 Å 0.9 ml/g

NUCLEODUR® modifications

NUCLEODUR® silicas are synthesized in a unique and carefully controlled manufacturing process which provides silica particles, which are totally spherical. The picture shows the outstanding smoothness of the NUCLEODUR® surface.

Purity As already mentioned above, a highly pure silica is required for achieving symmetric peak shapes and maximum resolution. Inclusions of e. g. iron or alkaline earth metal ions on the silica surface are largely responsible for the unwanted interactions with ionizable analytes, e. g. amines or phenolic compounds.

E & OE.

Several different surface modifications based on NUCLEODUR® silica have been developed over the last years providing a full range of specified HPLC phases and an ideal tool for every separation: NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity and C8 Gravity NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP NUCLEODUR® CN and CN-RP NUCLEODUR® NH2 and NH2-RP NUCLEODUR® C18 ec and C8 ec For important properties of NUCLEODUR® phases please see our summary.

1425

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns

Overview of NUCLEODUR® HPLC phases

Characteristics*

C18 Gravity

B

Stability

octadecyl phase, high density coating multi-endcapping

pH stability 1 – 11, suited for LC/MS

18 % C ∙ USP L1

C8 Gravity

octyl phase, high density coating multi-endcapping

pH stability 1 – 11, suited for LC/MS

pH stability 1 – 10, suited for LC/MS

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

octadecyl phase with specially crosslinked surface modification endcapping

stable in 100 % aqueous eluents without phase collapse, pH stability 1 - 9, suited for LC/MS

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

11 % C ∙ USP L7

C18 Isis

14 % C ∙ USP L1

bifunctional RP phase, balanced ratio of propylphenyl and C18 ligands; endcapping

pH stability 1 - 10, suited for LC/MS

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

Columns for HPLC

Sphinx RP

C18 modification with polar endcapping

pH stability 1 – 9

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

20 % C ∙ USP L1

C18 Pyramid

15 % C; USP L1 and L11

C18 ec

octadecyl phase, medium density coating endcapping 17.5 % C ∙ USP L1

C8 ec

octyl phase, medium density coating endcapping

pH stability 1 – 9

NH2 / NH2-RP

SiOH

–

7 % C ∙ USP L10

amino phase for NP and RP separations

–

2.5 % C ∙ USP L8

unmodified USP L3

–

n.a.

–

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

CN / CN-RP

pH stability 1 – 8, suited for mobile phases with high contents of water

pH stability 2 – 8, suited for mobile phases with high contents of water

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

10.5 % C ∙ USP L7

cyano (nitrile) phase for NP and RP separations

Structure

C NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

A

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

Specification

NUCLEODUR® (Si-O2)n

Phase

pH stability 2 – 8

(Si-O2)n

OH

OH

Si OH

Si O Si(CH ) 3 3

Si OH

Si O Si(CH ) 3 3

C N Si OH C N Si O Si(CH ) 3 3 NH2 Si OH NH2 Si OH

Si OH

* A = hydrophobic selectivity, B = polar / ionic selectivity, C = steric selectivity

1426

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns

An optimised phase for every separations

Application

Similar phases**

in general compounds with ionizable functional groups such as basic pharmaceuticals and pesticides

NUCLEOSIL® C18 HD

like C18 Gravity, however generally shorter retention times for nonpolar compounds

Waters Xterra® RP18 / MS C18; Phenomenex Luna® C18 (2), Synergi™ und Max RP; Zorbax® only hydrophobic Extend C18; Inertsil® ODS III; Purospher® RP-18, Star RP-18 interactions

NUCLEOSIL®

C8 HD

CH3

Si(CH3)3

N

(van der Waals interactions)

H 3C O

Waters Xterra® RP8 / MS C8; Phenomenex Luna® C8; Zorbax® Eclipse; XDB-C8

NUCLEOSIL® C18 AB Inertsil® ODS-P; YMC® Pro C18RS

basic pharmaceutical ingredients, very polar compounds, organic acids

Phenomenex Aqua®; YMC® AQ; Waters Atlantis® dC18

compounds with aromatic and multiple bond systems

no similar phases

steric interactions and hydrophobic interactions

hydrophobic interactions and polar interactions (H bonds)

CH3

OH

N H3 C O

π-π interactions and hydrophobic interactions

NO2

NUCLEOSIL® C18 robust C18 phase for routine analyses

Spherisorb® ODS II; Hypersil® ODS; Waters Symmetry® C18; Inertsil® ODS II; Kromasil® C18; LiChrospher® RP 18

NUCLEOSIL® C8 ec / C8 ® ® robust C8 phase for Spherisorb C8; Hypersil MOS; Waters Symmetry® C8; routine analyses Kromasil® C8; LiChrospher® RP 8

polar organic compounds (basic drugs, molecules containing π electron systems

NUCLEOSIL® CN / CN-RP

only hydrophobic interactions (van der Waals interactions) some residual silanol interactions

N

polar / ionic interactions, hydrophobic interactions

polar organic comunmodified NUCLEOSIL® pounds in general

polar / ionic interactions

H3C

SiOH

O

C

π-π interactions, polar interactions (H bonds), hydrophobic interactions

sugars, sugar alcohols and other hydroxy compounds, NUCLEOSIL® DNA bases, polar NH2 / NH2-RP compounds in general

CH3

Si(CH3)3

Columns for HPLC

high steric selectivity, thus suited for separation of positional and structural isomers, planar / non-planar molecules

Separation principle ∙ Retention mechanism

N

O HO C N +

NH3 OH O

SiOH

O2N

** phases which provide a similar selectivity based on chemical and physical properties

E & OE.

1427

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns

Particle size and separation efficiency

1.8 μm particles for increased separation efficiency decrease of analysis time (ultra fast HPLC) shorter columns with high separation efficiency significant improvement of resolution increased detection sensitivity suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics all NUCLEODUR® premium phases are available in 1.8 μm: C18 Gravity, C8 Gravity, C18 Isis, C18 Pyramid, Sphinx RP NUCLEODUR® 1.8 μm particles are fractionated to limit the increase in back pressure

Now available: 1.8 μm particle size!

Features of 1.8 μm

NUCLEODUR®

Resolution as a function of particle size

silica particles

increase of separation efficiency by higher number of theoretical plates (N)

Eluent: Flow rate: Pressure: Detection: Peaks: 1. Naphthalene 2. Ethylbenzene

significant improvement in resolution

Columns for HPLC

low column back pressure Comparison of back pressure: Eluent: Flow rate: Temperature: Column dimension:

100 % methanol 1.5 ml/min 22 °C 50 x 4.6 mm

NUCLEODUR® 3 μm 1.8 μm

C18 Gravity

50 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity A) 3 μm, B) 1.8 μm acetonitrile – water (80:20, v/v) 2 ml/min A) 80 bar, B) 160 bar UV, 254 nm

Column:

1

A) 3 μm Rs = 1.11

B) 1.8 μm Rs = 1.42 2

1

2

Competitor A

70 bar 130 bar

– 170 bar

shorter run times 0.4

0.6

0.4

0.6 min

Reduction of analysis time Column: 50 x 4 mm (for 5 μm 125 x 4 mm) NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis Eluent: 100 % methanol Flow rates and pressure see figure Detection: UV, 254 nm m-Terphenyl

1.8 μm, 3.00 ml/min (320 bar) o-Terphenyl Triphenylene p-Terphenyl

1.8 μm, 2.00 ml/min (220 bar)

1.8 μm, 1.15 ml/min (125 bar) 5 μm, 0.8 ml min (50 bar) 0.0

1428

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

E & OE.

3.5

4.0

min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

HPLC columns with NUCLEODUR® phases

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

NUCLEODUR® C18 - C 8 Gravity nonpolar high density phases

available as octadecyl (C18 -USP L!) and octyl (C8 - USP L7) modifications Pore size 110 Å; particle sizes 1.8µm, 3µm and 5µm for C18, 1.8 and 5µm for C8 7, 10, 12 and 16µm particles for preparative separations on request carbon content 18 %C for C18 , 11%C for C8 ideal for method development allows HPLC at pH extremes (pH 1 - 11) suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics recommended for overall sophisticated analytical separations optimal for: pharmaceuticals, e.g. analgesics, antiinflammatory drugs, antidepressants; herbicides; phytopharmaceuticals; immunosppressants

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C8 Gravity, 1.8µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 1.8µm, 11% C Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 563 4.004 564 4.004 565 4.004 566 4.004 559 4.004 560 4.004 561 4.004 562

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 1.8µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 1.8µm, 18% C Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 392 4.004 393 4.004 394 4.004 395 4.004 396 4.004 397 4.004 398 4.004 399

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 3µm, 18% C. Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 50 50 50 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 250 250 250 250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 400 4.004 401 4.004 402 4.004 403 4.004 404 6.232 333 4.004 405 4.004 406 4.004 411 4.004 412 4.004 413 4.004 414 4.004 407 4.004 408 4.004 409 4.004 410

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 2 and 3 mm i.d. for 4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

3 3

4.004 624 4.004 625

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898) E & OE.

1429

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

1

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity MACHEREY-NAGEL

Particle size 5µm, 18% C Int. diam. mm 10 10 8*

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 250 10

1 1 2

4.004 773 4.004 775 4.004 780

*10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the VP guard column holder 8mm (4.002 176) and fit on 10mm ID VP columns.

NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis phase with high steric selectivity MACHEREY-NAGEL

C18 phase with special polymeric, crosslinked surface modification - USP L1 pore size 110 Å, particle sizes 1.8µm, 3µm and 5µm; 20%C high steric selectivity outstanding surface deactivation suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics pH stability 1 - 10 broad range of application: steroids, (o,p,m-) substituted aromatics, fat-soluble vitamins

Surface modification By use of specific C18 silanes and appropriate polymeric bonding technologies a dense shield of alkyl chains protects the subjacent silica matrix.

Elemental analysis of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis shows a carbon load of 20%.

The target crosslinking of the C18 chains on the surface enables the separation of compounds with similar molecular structure but different stereochemical properties. The technical term for this feature is steric selectivity.

Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis Columns: 125 x 4 mm; NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis, monomerically coated C18 phase, C18 phase with polar endcapping Eluent: methanol – water (90:10, v/v) Flow rate: 1 ml/min, temperature 35 °C Detection: UV, 254 nm Injection volume: 5 μl Peaks: 2 1. o-Terphenyl 2. m-Terphenyl 1 3. p-Terphenyl 4 4. Triphenylene 3

The separation of o-terphenyl and triphenylene is a concrete example to evaluate the selectivity potential of a reversed phase column in terms of the different shape of two molecules. The phenyl rings of o-terphenyl are twisted out of plane while triphenylene has a planar geometry.

The separation factor (α value) is a measure for the steric selectivity. As is shown in the following chromatograms the α value is considerable larger on NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis compared to a conventional C18 column.

Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis Columns 125 x 4 mm; eluent methanol – water (80:20, v/v) Flow rate: 1 ml/min, temperature 40 °C Detection: UV, 254 nm, injection volume 1 μl Peaks: 1. o-Terphenyl, 2. Triphenylene

1

1

2

2

C18, polar endcapping monomeric C18 C18 Isis 0

NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis

monomerically 1 coated C18 phase

= 1.35

2

3

4

min

5

0

= 1.93 5

10

0

5

10 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis, 1.8µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 1.8µm, 20% C Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0

1430

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 100

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 501 4.004 502 4.004 503 4.004 504 4.004 497 4.004 498 4.004 499 4.004 500 4.006 019

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

1

NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid phase for highly aqueous eluents

stabel in 100 % aqueous eluent systems- USP L1 MACHEREY-NAGEL pore size 110 Å, particle sizes 1.8µm, 3µm and 5µm; 14 % C 7 and 10µm particles for preparative separations on request interesting polar selectivity features excellent base deactivation; suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics pH stability 1 - 9 Ideal for: analgesics, penicillin antibiotics, nucleic acid bases, water-soluble vitamins, complexing agetns, organic acids

RP HPLC with highly aqueous eluents

Different approaches can be used to increase column stability with highly aqueous mobile phase systems. The most promising concepts are incorporating a polar group in the hydrophobic alkyl chain, or using hydrophilic endcapping procedures to improve the wettability of the reversed phase modification.

Stability features NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid is a silica phase with hydrophilic endcapping, designed especially for use in eluent systems of up to 100% water. The stability test shows the retention behaviour of tartaric, acetic and maleic acid under purely aqueous conditions on NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid in comparison with a conventionally bonded RP phase.

It can be shown that the retention times for NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid remain nearly unchanged between initial injection and restart after the flow has been stopped for 12 hours, whilst the performance of the conventional RP column collapsed totally after 5 min.

Retention characteristics The polar surface derivatization exhibits retention characteristics, which differentiate the “Pyramid” from conventional C18 stationary phases. The chromatogram at right shows the improved retention behaviour of very polar compounds such as short chain organic acids, which are insufficiently retained on RP columns with predominantly hydrophobic surface properties.

Stability test initial injection restart after 12 h

Pyramid

3

3

1

1

stop

2

2

restart after 5 min

3

conventional C18

Conventional reversed phase columns often display stability problems in eluent systems with high percentage of water (> 95%) as evidenced by a sudden decrease of retention time and overall poor reproducibility. This phenomenon is described as phase collapse caused by the mobile phase expelled from the pores due to the fact, that hydrophobic RP phases are incompletely wetted with the mobile phase.

1 stop

2

5 min

0

0

5 min

both columns 125 x 4 mm ID; 50 mM KH2PO4 pH 2.5, 0.7 ml/min; 25 °C; UV, 210 nm; injection volume 1 μl Peaks: 1. tartaric acid, 2. acetic acid, 3. maleic acid MN Appl. No. 120870

Separation of very polar compounds Column: 125 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid, 5 μm Eluent: 0.2 % H3PO4 1 Flow rate: 1,0 ml/min Temperature: 22 °C Detection: UV, 202 nm 2 Injection volume: 2 μl Peaks: 1. Formic acid 2. Acetic acid t0

MN Appl. No. 119170

0

2

min

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid, 1.8µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 1.8µm, 14% C. Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 473 4.004 474 4.004 475 4.004 476 4.004 477 4.004 478 4.004 479 4.004 480

E & OE.

1431

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

1

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 3µm, 14% C Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 50 50 50 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 250 250 250 250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 469 4.004 470 4.004 471 4.004 472 4.004 458 4.004 459 4.004 460 6.232 796 4.004 461 4.004 462 4.004 463 4.004 464 4.004 465 4.004 466 4.004 467 4.004 468

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 2 and 3 mm i.d. for 4 and 4,6 mm i.d.

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

We can supply this

manufacturer’s whole product range !

1432

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

3 3

4.004 739 4.004 740

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP bifunctional RP phase MACHEREY-NAGEL

distinct selectivity based on bifunctional surface coverage - USP L1 and USP L11 pore size 110 Å, particle sizes 1.8µm, 3µm and 5µm; 14 %C high density of covalently bonded silanes for tailing-free peaks widens the scope for method development pH stability 1 - 10 suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics high reproducibility and consistent quality due to tight QC procedures range of application: quinolone antibiotics, sulfonamides, xanthines, substituted aromatics

Alternative RP selectivity NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP is characterized by exceptional selectivity features generated by a well-balanced ratio of covalently bonded octadecyl and phenyl groups. The combination of classical hydrophobic with π-π interactions (aromatic ring system) expands the scope of selectivity in comparison with conventional reversed phase packings.

NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP is particularly suited for the separation of molecules containing aromatic and multiple bonds. For the separation of polar compounds NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP can be especially recommended and can also outperform many customary C18 phases.

In addition, exhaustive endcapping steps minimize unwanted surface silanol activity and guarantee excellent peak shapes even for strongly basic analytes.

Different from standard phenyl phases, NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP is far more stable towards hydrolysis and is also suggested for LC/MS applications.

Due to the additional intermolecular interactions NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP is an interesting replenishment to the high density bonded phases NUCLEODUR® C8/C18 Gravity and the polar endcapped NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid.

Separation of flavonoids on 3 different NUCLEODUR® phases Columns: 150 x 4.6 mm A) NUCLEODUR® C8 Gravity, 5 μm B) NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 5 μm C) NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP, 5 μm Eluent: water – methanol (40:60, v/v), 1 ml/min, 30 °C Detection: UV, 270 nm; injection volume: 3 μl Peaks: 1. Catechin, 2. Rutin, 3. Fisetin, 4. Quercetin 5. Kaempferol, 6. Isorhamnetin

A

B

C 1

MN Appl. No. 119830

0.0

2

3 2.5

4

5

6

5.0

7.5 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP, 1.8µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

particle size 1.8µm, 14% C Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 598 4.004 599 4.004 600 4.004 601 4.004 602 4.004 603 4.004 604 4.004 605

E & OE.

1433

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEODUR® C18 ec - C8 ec nonpolar phases for routine analyses Available with medium density octadecyl (C18 - USP L1) and octyl (C8 - USP L7) MACHEREY-NAGEL modification pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes, 3µm and 5µm; 7µm, 10µm, 12µm, 16µm, 20µm, 30µm und 50µm for preparative separations on request for daily routine analysis and up-scaling for preparative HPLC, pH stability 1 - 9. Carbon content 17.5%C for C18 , 10.5%C for C8, high reproducibility from lot to lot for standard routine applications in reversed phase chromatography.

NUCLEODUR® C18 ec for daily routine analysis and up-scaling in preparative HPLC The efficiency of a separation is controlled by particle size and selectivity of the stationary phase. The exceptional surface coverage of monomeric bonded alkylsilanes, combined with an exhaustive endcapping, results in a surface with lowest silanol activity. This allows the tailingfree elution of polar compounds such as basic drugs.

NUCLEODUR® C18 ec is also ideal for scale-up purposes.

Chemical stability The utmost purity of the base silica and the exceptional silane bonding chemistry minimizes the risk of dissolution, or hydrolysis at pH extremes.

Separation of phenols Columns: 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 C8 ec / C18 ec Eluent: A) water, B) methanol Gradient for C8: 2 min 20 % B, then to 60 % B in 12 min; gradient for C18: 2 min 25 % B, then to 65 % B in 12 min Flow rate 1.0 ml/min, temperature 25 °C Detection UV 275 nm, injection volume 10 μl Peaks: 1. Resorcinol; 2. Pyrocatechol; 3. 4-Methoxyphenol 4. Phenol; 5. 2-Methoxyphenol; 6. 2-Ethoxyphenol 7. Veratrol; 8. Biphenyl-2-ol; 9. Phenetole 7

High loadability Loadability, probably the most important feature for preparative LC, is determined by pore size, pore volume and surface area of the packing.

6 1 5 7

2

9

1

NUCLEODUR® octyl phases Based on the same totally spherical and highly pure silica the C8 phases exhibit the same excellent chemical and mechanical stability features as the C18 counterparts. Due to the shorter chain and less hydrophobic properties of the stationary phase the retention of nonpolar compounds is decreased, and in consequence a reduction in time of analysis can be achieved. Moreover a stronger polar selectivity, particularly with the separation of ionizable analytes is frequently observed (as distinct from the C18 phases).

8

6

3 4 2

3

C8 ec 5

89

4 C18 ec

0

5

10

15

min

20

MN Appl. No. 120890/120891

Some general principles are: High density C8 and C18 phases allow tailing-free elution even for very polar compounds Octyl phases (C8) show superior polar selectivity Octadecyl phases (C18) show superior hydrophobic selectivity Hydrophobic compounds show shorter retention times on C8 phases

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 C8 ec, 3 µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Octyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 3µm.

Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 50 50 50 125 125 125 125 150 250 250 250 250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 388 4.004 389 4.004 390 4.004 391 4.004 379 4.004 380 4.004 381 4.004 382 4.004 383 4.004 384 4.004 385 4.004 386 4.004 387

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 C8 ec, 3 µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 2 and 3 mm i.d. for 4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

1434

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

3 3

4.004 607 4.004 608

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 C18 ec, 3 µm

Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 50 50 50 100 125 125 125 125 150 250 250 250 250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 375 4.004 376 4.004 377 4.004 378 4.006 933 9.003 796 9.003 797 9.003 798 9.003 799 9.003 800 9.003 801 9.003 802 9.003 803 9.003 804

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 C18 ec, 3 qm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 3 mm i.d. for 4 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

3 3

9.003 794 9.003 795

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

E & OE.

1435

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEODUR® CN/CN-RP cyano-modified high purity silica phase MACHEREY-NAGEL

pore size 110 Å, particle sizes 3µm and 5µm; 7%C - USP L10 multi-mode columns (RP and NP) widens the scope in selectivity differnet retention characteristics compared to C8 and C18 stable against hydrolysis at low pH values, working range pH 1-8 high reproducibility from lot to lot ideal for: tricyclic antidepressants, steroids, organic acids

Separation of cold medicine ingredients on two different NUCLEODUR® phases Columns: A) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 C18 ec B) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 CN-RP Eluent: acetonitrile – 100 mM sodium citrate pH 2.5 (15:85, v/v) Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min, temperature 25 °C Detection: UV, 270 nm, injection volume: 10 μl Peaks: 1. Maleic acid 2. Norephedrine 3. Ephedrine 4. Acetaminophen 5. Chlorpheniramine A 6. Brompheniramine B

4 4

2 1

3

5

3 2

5 6

1 MN Appl. No. 119340

0

6 4

8

12 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 CN-RP, 3µm eluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 3µm.

Int. dia. mm 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 125 150 150

1 1 1 1

4.004 442 4.004 441 4.004 439 4.004 440

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 CN-RP, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 2 and 3 mm i.d. for 4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

1436

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

3 3

4.004 663 4.004 664

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEODUR® NH2/NH2 -RP amino-modified high purity silica phase pore size 110 Å, particle sizes 3 and 5µm; 2.5%C; not endcapped - USP L8 MACHEREY-NAGEL multi-mode columns (RP and NP) normal phase chromatography (NP) with hexan, dichloromethane or 2-propanol as mobile phase for polar compounds such as substituted anilines, esters, chlorinated pesticides reversed phase chromatography (RP) of polar compounds like sugars in aqueous-organic eluent systems ion exchange chromatography of anions and organic acids using common buffers and organic modifiers stable against hydrolysis at low pH, working range pH 2-8, 100% stable in water, suitable for LC-MS Ideal for: polar compounds under RP conditions (sugars, DNA bases), hydrocarbons under NP conditions Eluent in column is n-heptane for the NP mode - RP columns are delivered in acetonitrile - water. For changing the solvent system a rinsing step with THF may be necessary.

Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Detection: Peaks: 1. Fructose 2. Glucose 3. Saccharose 4. Maltose 5. Lactose

Reversed phase separation of sugars 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 NH2-RP 1 acetonitrile – water (79:21, v/v) 2 ml/min RI 3

2

4

MN Appl. No. 122160

0

2

4

6

8

5

10 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 NH2-RP, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

eluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 3µm.

Int. dia. mm 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 150

1

9.003 875

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEODUR® 100-3 NH2-RP, 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 4.6 mm ID

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.003 878

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

E & OE.

1437

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEOSIL® 100-5 C18 PAH special octadecyl phase for PAH analysis Base material NUCLEOSIL® silica, particle size 5µm, pore size 110 Å; polymeric coating MACHEREY-NAGEL USP L1; eluent in column acetonitrile/water 70:30; allows efficient gradient separation of the 16 PAH in accordance with EPA, detection of the separated PAH by UV (250 to 280nm), with diode array or with fluorescence detection at different wavelegths for excitation and emission (acenaphthylene cannot be analysed with fluorescence detection).

Rapid separation of 16 PAH according to EPA Column: 50 x 4 mm NUCLEOSIL® 100-5 C18 PAH Eluents: A) water; B) acetonitrile Gradient: from 55 to 100 % B in 2.5 min; then 3.5 min at 100 % B; finally in 0.1 min from 100 to 55 % B Flow rate: 1 ml/min; pressure 25 – 30 bar 6 Temperature: 25 °C Detection: UV, 260 nm 5 10 Injection volume: 10 μl 9 11 Peaks: 1. Naphthalene 8 2. Acenaphthylene 7 3. Acenaphthene 13 15 4. Fluorene 4 16 5. Phenantrene 12 2 6. Anthracene 14 7. Fluoranthene 1 8. Pyrene 3 9. Benz[a]anthracene 10. Chrysene 11. Benzo[b]fluoranthene 12. Benzo[k]fluoranthene 13. Benzo[a]pyrene 14. Dibenz[ah]anthracene 15. Benzo[ghi]perylene 16. Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene MN Appl. No. 115030

0

10 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEOSIL® 100-5 C18 PAH, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

octadecyl phase PAH, particle size 5µm.

Int. dia. mm 4.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.6

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 50 150 150 250 250 250 250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.002 491 4.002 493 4.002 494 7.089 855 4.002 372 4.002 373 4.002 374

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEOSIL® 100-5 C18 PAH, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL On request.

We can supply this

manufacturer’s whole product range !

1438

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

HPLC columns for enantiomer separation

1

NUCLEOCEL ALPHA enantiomer separation based on amylose derivatives

MACHEREY-NAGEL

base material silica, chiral selector amylose-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L51 similar phases: Chiralpak® AD, Kromasil®, AmyCoat®, Europak 01 high resolution type (S), 5µm particle size, allows use of shorter columns (150mm) for faster separations, pressure stability up to ~ 150 bar (2000 psi) NUCLEOCEL ALPHA for normal phase applications: eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v) typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixtures NUCLEOCEL ALPHA-RP for reversed phase applications: eluent in column acetonitrile - water (50:50), v/v) designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts such as perchlorate recommended application: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB), chiral compounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds

Enantiomer separation of hexobarbital Column: 250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL ALPHA S Eluent: n-heptane – 2-propanol (80:20, v/v) Flow rate: 1 ml/min Temperature: 22 °C Detection: UV, 210 nm Injection volume: 5 μl Concentration: 1 μg/μl

α = 1.39 Rs = 3.78 O

O

N

CH3

NH O

0

MN Appl. No. 121940

CH3

5

10

15 min

EC analytical columns NUCLEOCEL ALPHA S, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5µm.

Guard columns for EC columns Nucleocel ALPHA S, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

EC analytical columns NUCLEOCEL ALPHA-RP S, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

eluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5µm

Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEOCEL ALPHA-RP S, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

E & OE.

1439

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns 1

1

HPLC columns for enantiomer separation

NUCLEOCEL DELTA enantiomer separation based on cellulose derivatives

MACHEREY-NAGEL

base material silica, chiral selector Cellulosetris-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L40 similar phases: ChiralcelÂŽ OD, KromasilÂŽ, CelluCoatâ&#x201E;˘, EurocelÂŽ 01 standard particle size 10Âľm S-Type for high resolution, allows use of shorter columns (150 mm) for faster separations, pressure stability up to ~ 150 bar (2000 psi) NUCLEOCEL DELTA for normal phase applications: eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v) typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixtures NUCLEOCEL DELTA-RP for reversed phase applications: eluent in column acetonitrile - water (40:60), v/v) designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts such as perchlorate recommended applications: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB), chiral compounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds.

Column: 250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL DELTA S Eluent: n-heptane â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2-propanol (90:10, v/v) Flow rate: 1 ml/min Temperature: 25 °C Detection: UV, 254 nm Injection volume: 5 Îźl + Â? = "Z MN Appl. No. 121260

= 1.29 Rs = 2.6 O

O

0

10

min

EC analytical columns NUCLEOCEL DELTA S, 5Âľm eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5Âľm Int. dia. mm 4.6 4.6

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 150 250

1 1

4.002 446 4.002 445

Guard columns for EC colums NUCLEOCEL DELTA S, 5Âľm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 4.6 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.002 511

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

EC analytical columns NUCLEOCEL DELTA-RP S, 5Âľm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Eluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5Âľm.

Int. dia. mm 4.6 4.6

1440

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 150 250

1 1

4.002 449 4.002 448

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns Guard columns for EC columns NUCLEOCEL DELTA-RP S, 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 4.6 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.002 512

Guard columns for EC columns require guard column adapter EC (Cat. No. 7.081 898)

NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 separation of sugars MACHEREY-NAGEL

sulphonated polystyrene/divinylbenzene resins in diffent ionic forms and RP chromatography separation mechanism includes ion exclusion, ion exchange, size exclusion, ligand exchange as well as NP and RP chromatography H+ form: separation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17 - eluent in column 0.01 N H2SO4 Ca²+ form: separation of mono-, di- and oligosaccharides - USP L19 eluent in column water

Organic acids and alcohols Column: 300 x 7.8 mm NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 H Injection volume: 5 μl Eluent: 5 mmol H2SO4 Flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Temperature: 35 °C Detection: RI

Sugars and sugar alcohols Column: 300 x 7.8 mm NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 Ca Eluent water, flow rate 0.6 ml/min, detection RI Maltotriose Raffinose Cellobiose Trehalose Maltose Sucrose Lactose Palatinose Melibiose Lactulose Glucose Galactose Xylose Sorbose Lactitol Maltitol Mannose Rhamnose Palatitol Fructose Arabinose meso-Erythritol Mannitol Arabitol Xylitol Sorbitol Ribose

Oxalic acid Citric acid Orotic acid Maleic acid Tartaric acid Pyruvic acid Malic acid Succinic acid Lactic acid Formic acid Acetic acid Fumaric acid Methanol Propionic acid Pyroglutamic acid Ethanol i-Butyric acid Butyric acid 0

5

10 15 Retention time [min]

20

25

MN Appl. No. 113870

0

5

10 Retention time [min]

15

20 MN Appl. No. 114160

NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 H Valco type columns for separation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17 eluent in column 0.01N H2SO4 Int. dia. mm 7.8

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 300

1

4.002 276

Guard columns for NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 H columns MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 7,8 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

2

4.002 277

This guard columns require the CC column holder 30mm (Cat. No. 4.002 762).

E & OE.

1441

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/HPLC columns NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 Ca MACHEREY-NAGEL

Valco type columns for separation of mono-, di- and oliogosaccharides - USP L19 eluent in column water.

Int. dia. mm 7.8

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 300

1

4.002 274

Guard columns for NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 Ca columns MACHEREY-NAGEL Type for 7.8 mm i.d.

PK

Cat. No.

2

4.002 275

This guard columns require the CC column holder 30 mm (Cat. No. 4.002 762).

MN column systems MACHEREY-NAGEL

EC standard columns for analytical HPLC

analytical column system manufactured from stainless steel M 8 outer threads on both ends combination of sealing element and very fine-meshed stainless steel screen, PTFE sealing ring and fitting adaptor column heads SW 12 with inner threads M8 x 0.75 and UNF 10-32, as built -in guard columns use ChromCart® guard column cartridges with 8mm lenght with the guard column adaptor EC, packed with NUCLEODUR® spherical silica.

Available standard dimensions of EC columns ∙ please ask for availability of certain phases ID [mm]

8*

20

30

50

2 3 4 4,6

– x x –

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

Length [mm] 75 100 125 x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

End fitting design 150

200

250

300

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

* Please note that 3 mm ID guard column cartridges are applicable for 2 mm ID and 3 mm ID EC columns, while 4 mm ID guard column cartridges are also used for 4.6 mm ID EC columns.

Installation of the EC guard column adaptor (Cat.No. 7.081 898)

EC column with CC guard column

Accessories and replacement parts for EC columns MACHEREY-NAGEL Description Guard column adapter EC 1/16” nut for connecting 1/16” capillaries 1/16” ferrule 1/16” end cap, plastic EC fitting adaptor EC column head (nut) EC PTFE sealing ring 3-part sealing combination for EC columns

1442

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 5 5 4 1 1 4 1

7.081 898 4.002 179 4.002 180 4.002 178 4.002 219 4.002 220 4.002 221 4.002 222

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Glass columns 1

Chromatographic columns with Frit, PTFE- /or Valve Stopcock

1 Isolab

Chromatography columns with socket and with frit.

Manufactured from borosilicate glass 3.3 which is resistant to heat and almost all chemicals.

NS necks are in compliance with DIN 12242 standards.

Length mm 200 400 600 200 300 200

Int. diam. mm 10 20 30 10 10 15

Capacity Description ml 15 125 430 15 25 35

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

4.008 398 4.008 399 4.008 400 4.008 401 4.008 402 4.008 403

without frit NS 14/23 without frit NS 29/32 without frit NS 29/32 with frit (P=0) NS 14/23 with frit (P=0) NS 14/23 with frit (P=0) NS 14/23

Chromatographic columns, PTFE- or Valve Stopcock

Length mm 200 400 600 800 100 200 300 200 400 600 200

Int. diam. mm 15 20 30 40 10 10 10 15 20 30 15

Capacity Description ml 35 125 430 1000 8 15 23 35 125 430 35

beaded rim beaded rim beaded rim beaded rim socket NS 14/23 socket NS 14/23 socket NS 14/23 socket NS 14/23 socket NS 29/32 socket NS 29/32 socket NS 29/32

Stopcock

PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE Valve

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6.205 017 6.202 416 2 6.202 417 6.202 418 6.225 859 3 9.025 912 9.025 913 9.025 914 6.203 961 6.303 297 6.223 574 4

mm 200 400 600

4

6.202 416

6.225 859

6.223 574

5 Lenz

Made of DURAN速 tubing.

With PTFE stopcock.

With NS ground socket neck as indicated Indents are moulded in above the stopcock for holding cotton wool plug supports.

Int. diam. mm 10 20 30

3

PK Cat. No.

Chromatography columns, DURAN速, ground glass joint, PTFE Stopcock

Length

2 Lenz

DURAN速 tubing.

Chromatography columns with sintered frit, porosity 0.

Available in three versions: - with beaded rim and PTFE stopcock - with NS socket and PTFE stopcock - with NS socket and valve stopcock (bore 0 - 2.5mm)

Capacity Description

PK Cat. No.

ml 15 with NS 14 / 23 socket 125 with NS 29 / 32 socket 430 with NS 29 / 32 socket

1 9.025 932 1 9.025 934 1 9.025 936 5

9.025 936

6

Glass wool

6

Extra fine. In packs as outlined below.

Capacity g 30 1000

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.114 303 9.114 310

Stands and fittings - please see page 165.

E & OE.

1443

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Glass columns-Solvent storage/handling 1

1

Quartz wool proQuarz GmbH

Silica. Fibre thickness 4µm to 12µm.

Capacity g 500

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.114 331

Silica adsorbents for low pressure column chromatography standard silica 60, pore size ~ 60 Å; pore volume ~ 0.75ml/g; spec. surface BET ~ MACHEREY-NAGEL 500m²/g. highly porous, amorphous silicic acid in the form of hard, opalescent particles, prepared by precipitation of water glass with sulphuric acid. For higher demands on the performance of column packings we recommend our high-purity irregular Polygoprep silicas. Silica FIA for the fluorescence indicator adsorption procedure for the determination of hydrocarbon groups in the testing of liquid fuels in accordance with DIN 51791 and ASTM D 1319-58T. The FIA method determines saturated hydrocarbons, olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons of a sample chromatographically by adsorption and desorption in a column filled with FIA silica, in the presence of a fluorescent dye mixture.

Description

Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, < 0.063 mm Silica 60, < 0.08 mm Silica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, < 0.063 mm Silica 60, < 0.08 mm Silica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm Silica 60, < 0.063 mm Silica 60, < 0.08 mm Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm Silicia FIA fine Silicia FIA coarse

2

2

Particle size

230 - 400 mesh 230 - 400 mesh 130 -270 mesh 70 -270 mesh 70 - 230 mesh + 230 mesh + 190 mesh 70 - 130 mesh 35 - 70 mesh 18 - 35 mesh

230 - 400 mesh 230 - 400 mesh 130 - 270 mesh 70 - 270 mesh 70 - 230 mesh + 230 mesh + 190 mesh 70 - 130 mesh 35 - 70 mesh 18 - 35 mesh

230 - 400 mesh 230 - 400 mesh 130 - 270 mesh 70 - 270 mesh 70 - 230 mesh + 230 mesh + 190 mesh 35 - 70 mesh 18 - 35 mesh 0,071 - 0,16 mesh 0,071 - 0,63 mesh

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

kg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.004 999 4.004 948 4.004 968 4.004 971 4.004 974 4.004 954 4.004 957 4.004 977 4.004 951 4.004 960 4.004 962 4.004 965 4.005 001 4.004 950 4.004 970 4.004 973 4.004 976 4.004 956 4.004 959 4.004 979 4.004 953 4.004 961 4.004 964 4.004 967 4.005 000 4.004 949 4.004 969 4.004 972 4.004 975 4.004 955 4.004 958 4.004 978 4.004 952 4.004 963 4.004 966 4.004 980 4.004 981

HPLC bottles, DURAN® complete system 4-port screw cap

For sterile transfer of media or for feeding solvent to HPLC instruments. The bottle is DURAN Group pressure/vacuum resistant from -1 to +1.5 bar (tested by TÜV in accordance with EN 1596, GS marked). Complete with a 4-port screw cap (autoclavable, reusable) made from PP, 4 connection screw caps (black, M8 thread) and silicone seal. Suitable for tube diameters of 1.6mm and 3.2mm. Spare parts are available individually. Further connection system components for the GL45 thread are available upon request (Tubing not included). Neutral/Type I glass acc. to USP/EP. With Retrace Code (Batch Identification), with certificate available via the internet. Autoclavable.

Capacity ml 500 1000

1444

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.072 526 9.072 525

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Solvent storage/handling 1

Flexible connecting system for DURAN® GL 45 flasks

1

Materials used: PP and PTFE. Flexible modular system. Four different tube diameters DURAN Group (1.6mm; 3.0mm; 3.2mm and 6.0mm) can be connected. Sterile pressure equalisation is possible through use of a membrane filter. Unused ports can be provided with a blind cap.

Typical applications: safe transfer of liquid media within a closed and sterile system (evaporation is reduced).

Temperature resistant up to max. 140°C. For all solvents PP-resistant.

Ordering example You would like to fit two bottles with a 3-port connection system. You would like to work with two different tube diameters (1.6mm and 3mm) and pressure equalisation. Consequently, you need the following individual components: Screw cap GL 45 3-port (Art. No. 7.623 018) 1 pack (2 per pack); Screw cap GL 14 (Art. No. 6.227 781) 2 packs (2 per pack); Insert for screw cap GL14 1.6mm inner diameter (Art. No. 6.229 494) 2 packs (1 per pack); Insert for screw cap GL14 3.0mm inner diameter (Art. No. 6.229 495) 2 packs (1 per pack); Pressure equalisation set (complete) (Art. No. 6.228 023) 2 packs (1 per pack).

Description Scew cap GL 45, 2 port x GL 14 Screw cap GL 45, 3 port x GL 14 Screw cap GL 14 for tubing connector Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 1.6mm i.d. hole Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 3mm i.d. hole Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 3.2mm i.d. hole Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 6mm i.d. hole Screw cap, GL 14, red Pressure equalising set, 0.2µm filter, for 2- / 3-Port screw cap Replacement 0.2µm membrane filter for pressure equalising set Bottle 1000ml, GL 45, DURAN® pressure resistant up to +1.5 bar Bottle 500ml, GL 45, DURAN® pressure resistant up to +1.5 bar

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

6.227 780 7.623 018 6.227 781 6.229 494 6.229 495 6.230 213 6.227 782 7.623 838 6.228 023 6.230 844 9.971 704 9.071 707

Connecting system for GL 80 flasks please see page 64.

2

Accessories for connecting system for DURAN® GL 45 bottles, DURAN® DURAN Group

Description Screw cap HPLC GL 45, 4 Port complete Spare set for HPLC screw cap Pressure equilization, 0.2µm for 4-Port-cap, incl. membrane filter Spare membrane filter for pressure equilization, 0,2 µm Bottle 1000 ml, GL 45, DURAN® pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar Bottle 500 ml, GL 45, DURAN® pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

6.226 328 6.226 329 6.226 915 6.230 844 9.971 704 9.071 707

2

Scrubber Adapter for Bottles, PTFE

3

Consisting of PTFE body with connecting nut and two lateral GL18 threaded necks, a BOLA 300mm long FEP inlet tube and a gas distributor with frit. Easy in- and outlet of gas by means of rigid-walled tubing (e.g. PTFE) which can be connected to the threaded necks using Bola Laboratory Screw Joints. Elastic tubing can be connected by means of hose connectors. Inlet tube can be individually shortened. Special feature: the body of the adapter can be turned independently from the connecting nut. This means, that the completely assembled adaptor can be removed and fixed onto another bottle without the risk of disarranging the tubing. Suitable for bottles with GL45 or GLS80 threads and capacities between 100ml and 5000ml.

9.110 310

4 Thread

GL45 GLS 80

Tube length mm 300 300

PK Cat. No.

1 9.110 310 3 1 9.110 311 4

E & OE.

9.110 311

1445

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Solvent storage/handling SafetyCaps The integral air filter blocks hazardous vapours and cleans the inflowing air from dust Scat and dirt particles. With various connectors for capillaries and tubes. Safety Caps are available for most common glass bottles (e.g. thread size GL45). They can be customised for other container sizes by using different adapters. Especially recommended for HPLC use: Solvents stay clean and components of solvent mixtures can not evaporate. Optimum protection against health hazards caused by evaporation and insufficient sealing.

Key advantages: - No evaporation of hazardous gases - No contamination of solvents - No crimping of connection tubing - Easy container exchange - No air intake (HPLC) - Save expensive solvents by avoiding evaporation - Cost efficiency - Detailed analysis due to stable solvent mixture

SafetyCaps Scat

Safe solvent supply. With integral air filter vent. For maximum efficiency, we recommend that the vent is changed every 6 months. The filter membrane absorbs dust and dirt particles to protect your solvent reservoirs. The vent is universally suitable for all Safety Caps. It also works with your current Safety Caps, simply replace the old vent with the new one.

Description

Thread

Connections

SafetyCaps I SafetyCaps II SafetyCaps III SafetyCaps IV SafetyCaps VI SafetyCaps I, with 1 stopcock SafetyCaps II, with 2 stopcocks SafetyCaps III, with 3 stopcocks SafetyCaps IV, with 4 stopcocks SafetyCaps VI, with 6 stopcocks SafetyCaps II, combined (1with stopcock / 1 without stopcock) SafetyCaps III, combined (2 with stopcocks / 1 without stopcock) SafetyCaps I SafetyCaps II

GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 GL45 3/16'', GL45 NS 29/32

1 capillary (3.2mm o.d.)

2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

4 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

6 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

1 capillary (3.2mm o.d.)

2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

4 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

6 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

1 capillary (3/16" o.d.)

2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

1

2

9.139 850

PK Cat. No.

3

9.139 853

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.139 855

2 3

4

9.139 860

NEW! Scat

SafetyCaps S40 have the same properties as any SafetyCaps, but fit on smaller bottle threads without using an adapter. Save extraction of solvents without transferring to other bottles.

Description

Thread

SafetyCap I SafetyCap II SafetyCap I with stopcock

S40 S40 S40

PK Cat. No. 1 6.253 976 5 1 7.628 821 1 9.139 895

6.253 976

1446

1

4

SafetyCaps S40

5

9.139 850 9.139 851 9.139 852 9.139 853 9.139 854 9.139 855 9.139 856 9.139 857 9.139 858 9.139 859 9.139 860 9.139 861 9.139 862 9.139 863

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Solvent storage/handling 1

Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps

1

Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps, with integral air filter.

Scat The valve opens when the HPLC pump is operated, and allows air to flow into the bottle this prevents a vacuum building up in the bottle. As soon as the pump stops, the membrane immediately seals properly and no dangerous solvent vapours can escape.

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps (refill pack of 10) Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps (refill pack of 50) Pressure relief valve SafetyCaps, fire-resistant

1 10 50 1

9.139 864 4.005 886 9.139 897 4.005 769

SafetyWasteCaps with or without hose connection For a safe disposal of liquid waste. Safety Waste Caps have a connection for an exhaust vent filter. The exhaust vent filter Scat absorbs 99% of all volatile substances that can evaporate from the containers during solvent disposal. For optimum protection of health and environment. Safety Waste Caps are manufactured of pure PTFE and PE-HD, ensuring maximum chemical resistance against organic solvents and other aggressive chemicals.

Please order exhaust vent filter separately.

Thread

Connections

PK Cat. No.

S40 S40 GL45 GL45 GL80 S51 S55 S60/61 S60/61 S70/71 S90

3 connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

2 connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 tubing 6.4mm i.d.

3 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

2 connectors Ø 2,3/3.2mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4mm i.d.

4 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4mm i.d.

2 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

2 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

3 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d.

2 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

2 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

4 x connectors 2.3 / 3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

2

3

9.139 867

5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

7.628 820 9.139 896 9.139 865 9.139 866 4 9.139 869 4.005 583 4.005 584 9.139 867 2 9.139 868 3 4.005 585 9.139 870

4

9.139 868

9.139 866

5

Thread adapters for SafetyCaps/SafetyWasteCaps, PTFE Scat

Description Adapter GL38 (f) - GL45 (m) Adapter GL40 (f) - GL45 (m)

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.139 882 9.139 883

1447

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Solvent storage/handling 1

Charcoal filters for Safety Waste Caps

2

Scat

3 sizes of absorbent charcoal filters (with capacity for 3, 6 or 9 months respectively) available.

4.005 884

3

9.042 895

4

9.139 872

5

9.042 896

6

4.005 631

Depending on the required capacity 3 filter sizes each with a different lifetime are available.

With a specific surface of 1.200 m2/g, our multi-component granulate is the optimum filter media for nearly all solvent vapors. It is based on active charcoal and contains additional components which prevent sticking or clump formation and therefore prevent restriction of the filter performance. 99% of the volatile substances are captured.

Exhaust filters with splash guard are recommended for SafetyWasteCaps with integrated Safety Funnels.

Filter also available with change indicator.

Filter size

Life time

S S S S S M M M M M L L

3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 9 months 9 months

6

Description

PK Cat. No.

Supply pack with splash guard Fire-resistant with change indicator Supply pack with splash guard Fire-resistant with change indicator with splash guard

1 4 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

9.139 871 4.005 884 4.005 634 4.005 782 9.042 895 9.139 872 4.005 885 4.005 631 4.005 784 9.042 896 9.139 873 4.005 635

1

2 3 4 5

SafetyWasteCaps with safety funnel

Press the locking mechanism to open the funnel when disposing liquid waste. When Scat releasing, the funnel will close automatically and seal the container safely. With integral exhaust filter, for optimum protection against hazardous vapours and gases. Each cap has different connectors for multiple capillaries.

Please order exhaust vent filter separately.

7

Thread

Connections

S 50 S 55 S 60 / 61 S 65 S 70 / 71

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

7 -

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1

9.139 874 9.139 875 9.139 876 9.139 877 9.139 878

Safety Waste Caps with mechanical level control Scat

Proven SCAT technology for SafetyWasteCaps Different thread sizes Connections for capillaries and tubings Exhaust filter Safety funnel Mechanical level control Supplied as a set with connectors

Thread

Connections

S55 S60/61 S90

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.

4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.

Further safety funnel and canisters - please see page 253.

1448

PK

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

4.005 612 4.005 613 4.005 616

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Liquid chromatography/Solvent storage/handling Collectors for Safety Waste Caps Scat

Collectors for additional ports to add more tubings and capillaries. Delivered with fittings.

Description

Material

3 x connectors (90째) for 3 capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

3 x connectors (90째) for 2 capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d. and 1 tubing diam. 6.4-9mm i.d.

3 x connectors (90째) for 3 tubings diam. 6.4-9mm i.d.

2 x connectors (90째) for 3 tubings diam. 6.4-9mm i.d.

2 x connectors (straight) for 2 capillaries diam.3.2mm o.d.

3 x connectors (straight) for 3 capillaries diam.3.2mm o.d.

8 x connectors (straight) for 8 capillaries diam.3.2mm o.d.

8 x connectors (straight) for 7 capillaries diam.3.2mm o.d. and 1 tubing diam. 6.4-9mm i.d.

PTFE/PFA/PP PTFE/PFA/PP PTFE/PP PTFE/PP PTFE/PFA PTFE/PFA PTFE/PFA PTFE/PFA/PP

1

2

9.139 888

5

3

4.005 859

PK Cat. No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.139 888 4.005 859 4.005 864 4.005 865 4.005 866 4.005 860 9.139 889 4.005 976

1 2 3 4

4

4.005 865

4.005 860

Fittings and Ferrules for SafetyCaps/SafetyWasteCaps Scat

One-piece fittings with integrated ferrule for Safety Caps and Safety Waste Caps.

Not used parts could be closed with a plug.

Description

Thread

Material

Colour

PK Cat. No.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 1.6mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 1.6mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 1.6mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 2.3mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 2.3mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 2.3mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 2.3mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 3.2mm o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 4.76mm (3/16") o.d.

Fittings for capillaries diam. 6.35mm (1/4") o.d.

Blind plugs for capillary connections Blind plugs for capillary connections Blind plugs for capillary connections Blind plugs for capillary and tubing connections Blind plugs for capillary connections

UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 5/16''-24 M 10 x 1 UNF 1/4'' 28G UNF 5/16''-24 UNF 5/16''-24 M 10 x 1 GL14

PFA PTFE PTFE PFA PFA PTFE PTFE PFA PFA PFA PFA PFA PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PFA PTFE PTFE PTFE/VITON

green white white violet grey white white black blue red yellow neutral white white white neutral white white white white/black

5 5 10 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 10 1 1 10 5 10 1 1

5

6

7

4.005 880

8

4.005 883

E & OE.

6.241 792 4.005 938 4.005 444 6.255 961 6.241 793 4.005 939 4.005 445 9.042 891 9.042 892 7.639 112 9.042 893 9.042 894 4.005 446 4.005 448 4.005 447 9.139 890 4.005 945 4.005 880 6 4.005 883 7 4.005 504 8

4.005 504

1449

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/Gas generators 1

NEW!

Hydrogen Generators for GC combustion detector applications and GC and GC/MS carrier gas applications

The Parker domnick hunter H high purity hydrogen and H-MD for ultra high purity gas Parker Hannifin GmbH generators offer the optimum combination of safe operation, reliability and performance.

Utilising field proven PEM cell technology, hydrogen is produced on demand from deionised water and electricity, at low pressure and with minimal stored volume. Innovative control software allows unrivalled operational safety and reliability. The H generators ideally supply fuel gas to all known GC combustion detectors used in today’s laboratory workflows. Three models operate at flow rates; 160 ml/min, 250 ml/min and 500 ml/min. Hydrogen generators are available with Remote Networking software. RemoteNet allows up to 27 hydrogen generators to be actively controlled from one central PC, and facilitates true cascading capabilities.

The H-MD generators ideally supply GC and GC/MS carrier gas, in addition to all known combustion detectors that are routinely used in today’s laboratory workflows. Four models operate at flow rates; 160 ml/min, 250 ml/min, 500 ml/min and 1100 ml/min.

-

Eliminate dangerous hydrogen cylinders from the work place Simple to install and operate Compact, reliable with minimal maintenance Produces a continuous supply of 99.9995% pure hydrogen at up to 6.9 bar (H-MD) Produces a continuous supply of 99.99995% pure hydrogen up to 1.100ml/min and 6.9 bar 2 year warranty for the cell Optional automatic water fill and remote networking capability

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Water Supply Pressure*: Water Supply Flow Rate*: Water Quality: Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Hydrogen Outlet: Water Drain: Water Fill*: *With optional AWF Type

20H* 40H* 60H* 20H-MD* 40H-MD* 60H-MD* 110H-MD

Flow rate L / min.

0.16 0.25 0.50 0.16 0.25 0.50 1.10

5 - 40°C 0.1 bar g 1 L/min Deionised. ASTM II, >1MΩ, <1μs, filtered to <100μm 90 - 264V 50/60Hz 1/8" Compression Fitting Quick Release Push in Fitting Quick Release Push in Fitting

Purity

Flow rate L / week 1.25 2.00 4.00 1.69 2.41 4.82 10.60

% >99.9995 >99.9995 > 99.9995 >99.99995 >99.99995 >99.99995 >99.99995

Delivery Pressure bar g 0.3 - 6.89 0.3 - 6.89 0.3 - 6.89 0.69 - 6.89 0.69 - 6.89 0.69 - 6.89 0.69 - 6.89

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 342 x 437 x 456 342 x 437 x 456 342 x 437 x 456 342 x 470 x 456 342 x 470 x 456 342 x 470 x 456 342 x 470 x 456

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

kg 19.0 19.0 19.0 20.5 20.5 20.5 23.6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.870 301 9.870 302 9.870 303 9.870 311 9.870 312 9.870 313 9.870 314

Note: For auto water fill option add suffix AWF ie 20H-AWF or 20H-MD-AWF *With optional AWF

1

Preventative Maintenance Parker Hannifin GmbH Description

Change interval

Replacement desiccant cartridge

As required*

* 20H Continuous operation approx 6 to 7 months * 40H Continuous operation approx 4 to 5 months * 60H Continuous operation approx 2 to 3 months

1450

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.870 308

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/Gas generators 1

NEW!

Zero Air Generators for GC combustion detector applications

The Parker domnick hunter UHP-ZA zero air generators produce a continuous stream of Parker Hannifin GmbH organic impurity free air from an external dry compressed air source and offer superior limits of detection over and above other modes of supply. Flow rates range from 1 L/min to 30 L/min. The UHP-ZA generators feature an interchangeable top panel facilitating the direct mounting of any Parker domnick hunter hydrogen generator. The stackable system forms an innovative, modular FID gas station suitable for all known GC combustion detectors such as FID, FPD and NPD. UHP-ZA generators may also be used in many other chemical analysis and life science applications, including LC/MS source gas, zero and combustion gas for total hydrocarbon analysers and as a gas sensing calibration and dilution gas.

-

Ultra high purity, organic free, air for GC combustion detectors Increase resolution and detection limits of analysis Compact, reliable with minimal operator attention and maintenance Eliminate inconvenient and potentially dangerous air cylinders Payback period typically less than 24 months Models available to supply up to 75 FID’s

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Organic Impurity: Inlet Air Quality:

5 - 40°C < 0.1ppm Clean dry compressed air ISO8573-1:2001 Class 3.2.1 103 - 126V 60Hz 207 - 253V 50/60Hz

Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Outlet (UHP-10ZA-S & UHP-35ZA-S): Inlet (UHP-10ZA-S & UHP-35ZA-S): Outlet (UHP-50ZA-S - UHP-300ZA-S): Inlet (UHP-50ZA-S - UHP-300ZA-S): Type

UHP-10ZA-S UHP-35ZA-S UHP-50ZA-S UHP-75ZA-S UHP-150ZA-S UHP-200ZA-S UHP-300ZA-S

Flow rate

1/8" Compression Fitting 1/8" Compression Fitting 1/4" Compression Fitting 1/4" Compression Fitting

Air Inlet Delivery Pressure

L / min.

1.00 3.50 5.00 7.50 15.00 20.00 30.00

L/min 1.2 42.0 6.0 9.0 18.0 24.0 35.0

bar g 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10

Dimensions (W x D x H)

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

kg 10.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 15.2 15.2 15.2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.870 331 9.870 332 9.870 333 9.870 334 9.870 335 9.870 336 9.870 337

mm 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325 340 x 425 x 325

Note: Add suffix E’ for 207-253V 50/60Hz ie. UHP-10ZA-S-E Add suffix W’ for 103 -126V 60Hz ie. UHP-10ZA-S-W

1

Preventative Maintenance Parker Hannifin GmbH Description

Change interval

Inlet Filter PM Kit - all models Outlet Filter PM Kit - all models Fan PM Kit, 230V - all models

12 Months 12 Months 24 Months E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.870 338 9.870 339 9.870 340

1451

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/Gas generators NEW!

Generators for GC makeup gas and carrier gas applications

The Parker domnick hunter zero nitrogen generators employ robust, field proven Parker Hannifin GmbH technology to produce ultra high purity nitrogen for GC makeup and carrier gas applications. An integral heated platinum catalyst ensures carrier grade nitrogen free from organic impurities to <0.1ppm. The generators provide a continuous stream of ultra high purity nitrogen from a single plug & play’ unit. Models are available with and without an integral oil free compressor, are extremely quiet in operation and are fully approved for use by major instrumentation manufacturers. Innovative design features include economy mode as standard which extends compressor life and significantly reduces on going running costs.

-

Ultra high purity, organic free, nitrogen Economy mode as standard, increases compressor life Ideal for GC make-up and carrier gas applications including ECD Integral oil free compressor, with advanced noise reduction technology Eliminate inconvenient and potentially dangerous nitrogen cylinders Compact, reliable with minimal operator attention and maintenance

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Organic contaminants: Inlet Air Quality*:

15 - 25°C < 0.1ppm total hydrocarbons Clean dry compressed air ISO8573-1:2001 Class 2.-.1 103 - 126V 60Hz 207 - 253V 50/60Hz

Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Inlet*: Outlet: *Non compressor models only Type

Description

UHPZN2-1000 UHPZN2-1000C with compressor UHPZN2-3000 UHPZN2-3000C with compressor

1/4“ Compression Fitting 1/8“ Compression Fitting Flow Purity rate L / min.

1.00 1.00 3.00 3.00

% >99,9995 % >99,9995 % >99,9995 % >99,9995 %

Air Inlet Delivery Pressure L/min bar g 42.0 5 5 52.0 5 5

Note: Add suffix E’ for 207-253V 50/60Hz ie. UHPZN2-1000-E Add suffix W’ for 103 -126V 60Hz ie. UHPZN2-1000-W

1

9.870 412

1452

E & OE.

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869

Weight

kg 86.0 96.0 86.0 96.0

PK Cat. No.

1 1 1 1

9.870 412 1 9.870 413 9.870 414 9.870 415

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/Gas generators NEW!

Ultra High Purity Nitrogen Generators for GC and other critical analytical applications

The Parker domnick hunter nitrogen gas generators employ robust, field proven Parker Hannifin GmbH technology to produce ultra high purity nitrogen for critical life science, chemical analysis and spectroscopy applications. Flow rates range from 0.55 L/min to 3 L/min, with purities >99.9995%. The generators provide a continuous stream of ultra high purity nitrogen from a single plug & play’ unit. Models are available with and without an integral an oil free compressor, are extremely quiet in operation and are fully approved for use by major instrumentation manufacturers. Innovative design features include economy mode as standard which extends compressor life and significantly reduces on going running costs.

-

Complete Plug and Play’ system specifically designed for critical analytical applications Produces a continuous supply of 99.999% purity nitrogen 24 hours a day Integral oil free compressor, with advanced noise reduction technology Eliminate inconvenient and potentially dangerous nitrogen cylinders Compact, reliable with minimal operator attention and maintenance Economy mode as standard; increases compressor life

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Inlet Air Quality*:

15 - 25°C Clean dry compressed air ISO8573-1:2001 Class 2.-.1 103 - 126V 60Hz/207 - 253V 50/60Hz

Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Inlet*: Outlet UHPN2 550 & 750: Outlet UHPN2 1500 & 3000: *Non compressor models only Type

UHPN2-550 UHPN2-550C UHPN2-750 UHPN2-750C UHPN2-1500 UHPN2-1500C UHPN2-3000 UHPN2-3000C

Description

with compressor with compressor with compressor with compressor

1/4“ Compression Fitting 1/8“ Compression Fitting 1/4“ Compression Fitting

Flow Purity rate L / min.

0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1.50 1.50 3.00 3.00

Air Inlet Oulet Pressure

% >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995 >99,9995

L/min bar g 33.0 5 5 33.0 5 5 117.0 5 5 117.0 5 5

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 345 x 417 x 869 345 x 417 x 869 345 x 417 x 869 345 x 417 x 869 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869 345 x 667 x 869

Weight

kg 44.0 50.0 44.0 50.0 84.0 93.0 84.0 93.0

PK Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.870 404 1 9.870 405 9.870 406 9.870 407 9.870 408 9.870 409 9.870 410 9.870 411

Note: Add suffix E’ for 207-253V 50/60Hz ie. UHPN2-750-E Add suffix W’ for 103 -126V 60Hz ie. UHPN2-750-W

1

9.870 404

E & OE.

1453

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/Gas generators 1

1

NEW!

Nitrogen Generators for Agilent 6400 & 6500 LC/MS instruments

The Parker domnick hunter LCMS64/65 dual flow nitrogen gas generators employ Parker Hannifin GmbH robust, field proven technology to meet the drying, sheath, nebulisation and collision gas requirements of the Agilent Technologies QQQ & Q-TOF instrumentation portfolio. The LCMS64/65 generators provide two continuous streams of high purity nitrogen from a single plug & play’ unit. Models are available both with and without an integral oil free compressor, are extremely quiet in operation, and fully approved for use by major instrumentation manufacturers. Innovative design and technology facilitate maximum instrument uptime, attractive return on investment and proven analytical performance, eliminating the need for other modes of supply.

-

Complete Plug and Play’ system specifically designed for the Agilent 6400 & 6500 Produces a continuous supply of LC/MS grade nitrogen 24 hours a day Integral oil free compressor, with noise reduction technology Eliminate inconvenient and potentially dangerous nitrogen cylinders Compact, reliable with minimal operator attention and maintenance Phthalate-free componentry

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Inlet Air Quality*:

5 - 40°C Clean dry compressed air ISO8573-1:2001 Class 2.-.1 103 - 126V 60Hz 207 - 253V 50/60Hz

Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Nitrogen Outlet: Air Inlet*: *Non compressor models only Type

Description

LCMS64-0 LCMS64-1 with Compressor LCMS65-0 LCMS65-1 with Compressor

Flow rate Nitrogen L / min.

0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20

Purity

1/4" Compression Fitting 1/4" Compression Fitting

Air Inlet Delivery Pressure

% > 99.999 > 99.999 > 99.999 > 99.999

L/min bar g 90.0 6.8 6.8 90.0 6.8 6.8

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 510 x 559 x 705 510 x 826 x 705 510 x 559 x 705 510 x 826 x 705

Air Inlet

PK

Cat. No.

L/min 103.0 143.0 103.0 143.0

1 1 1 1

9.870 389 9.870 390 9.870 391 9.870 392

Note: Add suffix E’ for 207-253V 50/60Hz ie LCMS64-0-E Add suffix W’ for 103 -126V 60Hz ie LCMS64-0-W

Nitrogen and Dry Air Generators for LC/MS instruments

2

NEW!

The Parker domnick hunter LCMS20/3 dual flow nitrogen and dry air generators employ Parker Hannifin GmbH robust, field proven technology to meet the nebulisation requirements of LC/MS instruments, both in positive and negative ionisation mode. The LCMS20/3 generators provide two continuous streams of high purity nitrogen and dry air from a single plug & play’ unit. Models are available with and without an integral oil free compressor, are extremely quiet in operation and are fully approved for use by major instrumentation manufacturers. Innovative design and technology facilitate maximum instrument uptime, attractive return on investment and proven analytical performance, eliminating the need for other modes of supply.

9.870 394

-

Complete Plug and Play’ system specifically designed for LC/MS Produces a continuous supply of LC/MS grade nitrogen 24 hours a day Integral oil free compressor, with noise reduction technology Eliminate inconvenient and potentially dangerous nitrogen cylinders Compact, reliable with minimal operator attention and maintenance Phthalate-free componentry

Specifications Ambient Temperature Range: Inlet Air Quality*:

5 - 40°C Clean dry compressed air ISO8573-1:2001 Class 2.-.1 103 - 126V 60Hz 207 - 253V 50/60Hz

Supply Voltage Range: Port Connections Outlet: Inlet*: *Non compressor models only Type

Description

LCMS20/3-0 LCMS20/3-1 with Compressor

Flow rate Nitrogen L / min.

20.00 20.00

Purity Nitrogen % > 99 > 99

1/4" Compression Fitting 1/4" Compression Fitting

Air Inlet Delivery Pressure L/min bar g 85.0 7 7

Note: Add suffix E’ for 207-253V 50/60Hz ie. LCMS20/3-0-E Add suffix W’ for 103 -126V 60Hz ie. LCMS20/3-0-W

1454

E & OE.

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 510 x 559 x 705 510 x 826 x 705

Weight

kg 103.0 143.0

PK Cat. No.

1 9.870 393 1 9.870 394 2

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns

Summary of MN phases for GC For components featuring different hydrogen bonding capacities and the ability to form strong hydrogen bonds, polyethylene glycol phases (WAX) are the best choice for a separation. Typical analytes are alcohols and carboxylic acids.

MN offers more than 40 different phases for gas chromatography from very nonpolar to polar columns.

Nonpolar stationary phases (e. g. 100 % dimethylpolysiloxane phases) separate by volatility (i. e. boiling point) only. Typical analytes are linear hydrocarbons (n-alkanes).

Selectivity has to be optimized for the critical pair of components or for the main component. You should always select the least polar column which solves your separation task. About 70 % of all separations can be performed on non- to midpolar columns. These columns generally feature high temperature stability.

Polar phases offer additional interactions, which may improve a separation. When increasing the polarity, e. g. by introducing phenyl and / or cyanopropyl groups, separation is increasingly influenced by differences in dipole moment and by charge transfer effects (e. g. for 5 – 50 % diphenylpolysiloxane phases). Typical analytes are hydrocarbons, which contain oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen, phosphorus or halogen atoms, unsaturated molecules which can be polarised and aromatics.

Comparison of separation properties of selected OPTIMA® phases 3

1

OPTIMA® 225

6 74

5

8 9 10

2 4 3

6

8

7

max. temp. 260/280 °C

OPTIMA® 1701

9 10

max. temp. 320/340 °C

5

1

3

4

2

6 7

8 9 10

5

OPTIMA® 17 max. temp. 320/340 °C

3 1 4 25 6

8 9 10

7

OPTIMA® 5 max. temp. 340/360 °C

1 2 3 4 5

0

All columns: Sample: Injection: Carrier gas: Temperature: Detector:

10

6

8

7

20

OPTIMA® 1 9 10

min

max. temp. 340/360 °C

increasing polarity

Capillary columns for GC

1 2

30

0.5 μm film, 30 m x 0.32 mm ID MN-OPTIMA® test mixture 1.0 μl, split 1:50 80 kPa N2 80 °C → Tmax (isothermal), 8 °C/min FID, 260 – 300 °C, 26

Peaks: 1. Undecane 2. Dodecane 3. Octanol 4. Dimethylaniline 5. Decylamine

6. Methyl decanoate 7. Methyl undecanoate 8. Henicosane 9. Docosane 10. Tricosane

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen. Additionally, we include the corresponding test mixture with each column.

On request, all columns can be supplied with a 5 inch / 13 cm cage for the Agilent GC 6850.

E & OE.

1455

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns

Summary of MN phases for GC

Phase

Composition

max. temperature 1

USP

Similar phases 2

G1 G2 G38 G1 G2 G38 G27 G36 G27 G36

PERMABONDÂŽ SE-30, OV-1, DB-1, SE-30, HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, RtxÂŽ-1, 007-1, BP1, MDN-1, ATâ&#x201E;˘-1, ZB-1, OV-101

86

Ultra-1, DB-1MS, HP-1MS, RtxÂŽ-1MS, Equityâ&#x201E;˘-1, ATâ&#x201E;˘1MS, VF-1MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS

88

PERMABONDÂŽ SE-52, SE-54, SE-52, DB-5, HP-5, SPB5, CP-Sil 8, RtxÂŽ-5, 007-5, BP5, MDN-5, ATâ&#x201E;˘-5, ZB-5

89

Page

Standard phases OPTIMAÂŽ 1

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

340/360 °C

OPTIMAÂŽ 1 MS Accent

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

340/360 °C

OPTIMAÂŽ 5 OPTIMAÂŽ 5 MS OPTIMAÂŽ 5 MS Accent OPTIMAÂŽ 17

OPTIMAÂŽ

624 LB

OPTIMAÂŽ 1701 OPTIMAÂŽ 225

as above, low bleed phase 14 % cyanopropylphenyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 86 % dimethylpolysiloxane 50 % cyanopropylmethyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 50 % phenylmethylpolysiloxane

340/360 °C 340/360 °C 340/360 °C

G27 G36

320/340 °C

G3

280/300 °C

G43

280/300 °C

G43

300/320 °C

G46

260/280 °C

G7 G19

OPTIMAÂŽ WAX

polyethylene glycol 20 000 Dalton

240/250 °C

G16

OPTIMAÂŽ FFAP

polyethylene glycol-2-nitroterephthalate

250/260 °C

G25 G35

DB-5MS, HP-5MS, Ultra-2, Equityâ&#x201E;˘-5, CP-Sil 8CB low bleed/MS, RtxÂŽ-5SIL-MS, RtxÂŽ-5MS, 007-5MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, ATâ&#x201E;˘-5MS, VF-5MS

90 91

OV-17, DB-17, HP-50+, HP-17, SPB-50, SP-2250, RtxÂŽ-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB-50

92

HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, RtxÂŽ-624, RtxÂŽ-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOL

94

OV-1701, DB-1701, CP-Sil 19 CB, HP-1701, RtxÂŽ-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB-1701 DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, RtxÂŽ-225, CP-Sil 43, 007225, BP225 PERMABONDÂŽ CW 20 M, DB-Wax, Supelcowaxâ&#x201E;˘, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWax, RtxÂŽ-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB, Stabilwax, 007-CW, BP20, ATâ&#x201E;˘-Wax, ZB-Wax PERMABONDÂŽ FFAP, DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP, CP-SIL 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukol

93 95 96 97

Phases for special separations 5 % phenyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; G27 95 % methylpolysiloxane, specially 300/320 °C Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5 98 G36 deactivated for amine separations octakis-(2,6-di-O-pentyl>!5!@ ! ! |

&

200/220 °C â&#x20AC;&#x201C; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 99 LIPODEXÂŽ E enantiomer separation heptakis-(2,3-di-O-methyl-6-O-tHYDRODEX @ ! !ÂĄ! |

230/250 °C â&#x20AC;&#x201C; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100

for enantiomer separation heptakis-(2,3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-tHYDRODEX @ ! !ÂĄ! |

220/240 °C â&#x20AC;&#x201C; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100

for enantiomer separation 1

&

&

"

&

% ?>

`;

&

% *

"

%

&

&

2 phases which provide a similar selectivity based on chemical and physical properties

OPTIMAÂŽ 5 Amine

1456

E & OE.

Capillary columns for GC

OPTIMAÂŽ 624

5 % phenyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 95 % methylpolysiloxane 5 % diphenyl 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane silarylene phase with selectivity similar to 5 % diphenyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 95 % dimethylpolysiloxanphasee phenylmethylpolysiloxane, 50 % phenyl 6 % cyanopropylphenyl â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 94 % dimethylpolysiloxane

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

OPTIMA® 1 high performance capillary columns for GC

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

100% dimethylpolysiloxane

nonpolar phase separation of components according to boiling points thick film columns ≥3µm film are especially recommended for solvent analysis.

Similar phases: Permabond® SE-30, OV-1, DB-1, SE-30, HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx-1, 007-1, BP1, MDN-1, AT-1, ZB-1, OV-101.

For columns with 0.25 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C, the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°C. For 0.53mm ID columns with films <3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp. for thick film columns with films ≥3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.10 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 5.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 5.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 5.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 5.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.003 657 9.003 662 9.003 667 9.003 671 9.003 658 9.003 663 9.003 668 9.003 672 9.003 664 9.003 669 9.003 673 9.003 659 9.003 665 9.003 670 9.003 674 9.003 676 9.003 682 9.003 686 9.003 691 9.003 697 9.003 701 9.003 706 9.003 677 9.003 683 9.003 687 9.003 692 9.003 698 9.003 702 9.003 707 9.003 678 9.003 684 9.003 688 9.003 693 9.003 699 9.003 703 9.003 708 9.003 679 9.003 685 9.003 689 9.003 694 9.003 700 9.003 704 4.003 149 4.003 164 4.003 152 4.003 265 4.003 150 4.003 165 4.003 153 4.003 266 4.003 267

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen. Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

E & OE.

1457

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

1

OPTIMA® 1 MS Accent ultra-low bleed capillary columns for GC MACHEREY-NAGEL

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

nonpolar phase with ultra-low bleeding, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors increased sensitivity due to an unmatched low background level perfect inertness for basic compounds solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB, food and drug analyses similar phases: Ultra-1, DB-1 MS, HP-1 MS, Rtx-1 MS, Equity™1, AT-1 MS, VF-1 MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS max. temperature for isothermal operation 340°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme 360°C

Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5

Film thickness µm 0.25 0.50 0.25 0.50

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1

4.003 001 4.003 003 4.002 998 4.003 005

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.

Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

2

EPA 8140 / 8141 / 8141 A org. P pesticides Column: OPTIMA® 1 MS Accent, 0.50 μm film, 30 m x 0.32 mm ID Sample: 0.2 μg/ml in hexane, 8140/8141 OP pesticides calibration mix A + 8141 OP pesticides calibration mix B; IS triphenyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate

13

Injection splitless (for 1 min); inj. temperature 250 °C Carrier gas He, 1 ml/min, constant pressure Temperature 100 °C → 180 °C, 10 °C/min (2 min) → 300 °C, 18 °C/min (3 min) Detector: FPD (flame photometric detector), 280 °C Peaks: 1. Dichlorvos, 2. Hexamethylphosphoramide, 3. Mevinphos, 4. Trichlorfon, 5. TEPP, 6. Thionazin, 7. Demeton-O, 8. Ethoprop 9. Tributyl phosphate (IS), 10. Dicrotophos, 11. Monocrotophos, 12. Naled, 13. Sulfotepp, 14. Phorate, 15. Dimethoate, 16. Demeton-S, 17. Dioxathion, 18. Terbufos, 19. Fonophos, 20. Phosphamidon-Isomer, 21. Diazinon, 22. Disulfoton, 23. Phosphamidon, 24. Dichlorofenthion, 25. Parathion-methyl, 26. Chlorpyrifos methyl, 27. Ronnel, 28. Fenitrothion, 29. Malathion, 30. Fenthion, 1 31. Aspon, 32. Parathion-ethyl, 33. Chlorpyrifos, 34. Trichloronate, 35. Chlorfenvinphos, 36. Merphos, 37. Crotoxyphos, 38. Stirofos, 39. Tokuthion, 40. Merphos oxidation product, 41. Fensulfothion, 42. Famphur, 43. Ethion, 44. Bolstar, 45. Carbophenothion, 46. Triphenyl phosphate (IS), 47. Phosmet, 48. EPN, 49. Azinphosmethyl, 50. Leptophos, 51. Tri-o-cresyl phosphate, 52. Azinphosethyl, 53. Coumaphos

MN Appl. No. 213030

1458

E & OE.

51

31 32 33 43 44

24 25

42

6 9 10 11 12 8 3 5

4

18 19 45 27 48 36 30 46 47 26 28 37 15 41 29 14 49 50 34 21 38 5253 22 35 39 40 23 16 17

7 20

4

8

12

16 min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

OPTIMA® 5 capillary columns for GC

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

5% phenyl - 95% dimethylpolysiloxane

USP G27, G36 nonpaolar standard phase with large range of application similar phases: Permabond® SE-52 , SE-54, SE52, DB-5, HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx-5, 007-5, BP5, MDN-5, AT-5, ZB-5 for columns with 0.1 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C, the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°C for 0.53mm ID columns with films < 3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp. for thick film columns with films ≥ 3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.10 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.10 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 5.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 5.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 0.10 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 3.00 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 2.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 10 25 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 50 50 60

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.003 235 9.003 709 9.003 715 9.003 719 9.003 723 9.003 727 9.003 710 9.003 716 9.003 720 9.003 724 9.003 728 9.003 711 9.003 717 9.003 721 9.003 725 9.003 729 9.003 712 9.003 718 9.003 722 9.003 726 9.003 730 9.003 733 9.003 738 9.003 742 9.003 746 9.003 751 9.003 755 9.003 760 9.003 734 9.003 739 9.003 743 9.003 747 9.003 752 9.003 756 9.003 761 9.003 735 9.003 740 9.003 744 9.003 748 9.003 753 9.003 757 9.003 736 9.003 741 9.003 745 9.003 749 9.003 754 9.003 758 4.003 155 4.003 168 4.003 158 4.003 261 4.003 156 4.003 169 4.003 159 4.003 262 4.003 160 4.003 263 4.003 161

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.

Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

E & OE.

1459

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

1

OPTIMA® 5 MS capillary columns for GC MACHEREY-NAGEL

5% diphenyl - 95% dimethylpolysiloxane

nonpolar phase with low bleeding, deal for GC/MS and ECD applications and general analyses at trace level perfect inertness for basic compounds.

Similar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MS. max. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5

Film thickness µm 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.50

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1 1

7.080 092 4.003 099 4.003 101 6.700 690 4.003 093

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.

Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

12

Analysis of various phenols OPTIMA® 5 MS, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID, 0.25 μm film, max. temperature 340/360 °C Sample: 5 ppm each except N-i-propylaniline (9.4 ppm) Method: SPME Temperature: 40 °C (2 min) → 240 °C, 6 °C/min → 320 °C, 20 °C/min Detector: MSD Peaks: 1. Toluene-D8 2. Phenol 3. 2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol) 4. Nitrobenzene-D5 5. N-i-Propylaniline 6. 2,4-Dichlorophenol 7. 4-Chlorophenol 8. 4-Bromo-2-chlorophenol 9. 3-Bromophenol 10. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 11. 2,4-Dibromophenol 12. 2-Hydroxybiphenyl 13. 2-Cyclohexylphenol 14. Hexafluorobisphenol A Column:

8

10 5

1460

9

7 1

34

13

2

courtesy of Riedel-de-Haën, Seelze, Germany

6

MN Appl. No. 210110

E & OE.

14

10

11 20

30

min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

OPTIMA® 5 MS Accent capillary columns for GC

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

silarylene phase

with polarity similar to a 5 % diphenyl -95 % dimethylpolysiloxane phase.

USP G27, G36 lowest column bleed, nonpolar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB, food and drug analyses similar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MS max. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C for cloumns with film thicknesses > 5.5 µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5

Film thickness µm 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.50

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1 1

4.003 017 4.003 019 4.003 021 4.003 009 4.003 013

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.

Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

The bleed comparison test of the OPTIMA® 5-MS Accent with a conventional 5-MS phase shows the outstanding performance of the silarylene phase.

The unmatched low background level of the OPTIMA® 5 MS Accent, which is approximately three times lower compared to a 5 MS brand column, provides significantly increased sensitivity and allows the application in trace analyses particularly of high-boiling compounds.

Background noise at 340 °C

FID Signal in mV

107.8

90.2

Standard 5 MS Phase 107.6

90

107.4

89.8

107.2

89.6

OPTIMA® 5 MS Accent 0

2

10

20

30 s

0

10

20

Optima® 17 capillary columns for GC

30 s

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

phenylmethylpolysiloxane (50 % phenyl) medium polar phase preferred applications: steroids, pesticides, drug analyses USP G3 similar phases: OV-17, DB-17, HP50+, HP17, SPB-50, SP-2250, Rtx-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB50

max. temperature for isothermal operation: 320°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 340°C, for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.10 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.50 0.15 0.25 0.50 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.15 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 1.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 10 25 25 25 30 30 30 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 25 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.003 236 4.003 181 4.003 026 4.003 046 4.003 182 4.003 027 4.003 047 4.003 112 4.003 194 4.003 185 4.003 193 4.003 113 4.003 195 4.003 186 4.003 191 4.003 192

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

E & OE.

1461

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

Analysis of pesticides Column: Sample: Inj. volume: Carrier gas: Temperature: Detector:

5

10

Peaks: 1. Dichlorphos 2. Naled 3. Vinclozolin 4. Chlorthalonil 5. Chlorpyrifos 6. Dichlofluanid 7. Procymidon 8. Captan 9. Folpet 10. Carbophenothion 11. Iprodion 12. Captafol 13. Coumaphos

OPTIMA®

17, 0.20 μm film, 25 m x 0.20 mm ID, max. temperature 320/340 °C, pesticide standard of the cantonal laboratory Schaffhausen (Switzerland), 0.1 mg/ml or 0.01 mg/ml each 1.0 μl He, 25 cm/s, 3 s without split 100 °C (3 min), 8 °C/min → 250 °C, 10 °C/min → 320 °C MSD HP 5971

13

34 6 7 89 1112

MN Appl. No. 200930

1

2

1

10

20

30 min

Optima® 1701 capillary columns for GC MACHEREY-NAGEL

14 % Cyanopropyl-phenyl - 86 % Dimethylpolysiloxane

USP G46 medium polar phase special selectivity due to high cyanopropyl content reference column for structure identification, e.g. in combination with Optima 5 film thickness 1 µm for solvent analyses similar phases: OV-1701, DB-1701, CP?Sil 19 CB, HP-1701, Rtx-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB-1701 max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 320°C for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 280 and 300°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.25 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.35 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 1.00 2.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 25 30 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.003 035 4.003 036 4.003 039 4.003 272 4.003 104 4.003 223 4.003 108 4.003 269 4.003 172 4.003 178 4.003 173 4.003 179

Custom-made columns to your specifications on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

2

Analysis of aromatic hydrocarbons Column: Inj. volume: Carrier gas: Split: Temperature: Detector: Peaks: 1. Benzene 2. Toluene 3. Ethylbenzene 4. p-Xylene 5. o-Xylene 6. Phenol

1462

OPTIMA® 1701, 0.25 μm film, 25 m x 0.32 mm ID, max. temp. 300/320 °C 1 μl 0.6 bar N2 1:40 60 °C → 120 °C, 4 °C/min FID 260 °C

6 7 1 4 9 3

5

7. 2-Methylphenol 8. 2,6-Dimethylphenol 9. 4-Methylphenol 10. 2,4-Dimethylphenol 11. 2,4,6-Trimethylphenol

8

MN Appl. No. 200400

E & OE.

0

5

10

10 11

15 min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

Optima® 624 capillary columns for GC

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

6% cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94% dimethylpolysiloxane

USP G43 medium polar phase recommended for environmental analyses similar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOL max. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 300°C Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 1.40 1.80 3.00 3.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 30 25 30

1 1 1 1

4.003 211 4.003 217 4.003 220 4.003 221

Custom-made columns to your specifications avaialble on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa. Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

2

Optima® 624 LB capillary columns for GC

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

6% cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94% dimethylpolysiloxane

USP G 43 medium polar phase low bleed columns for halogenated hydrocarbons, volatiles, aromatic compounds, solvents etc. similar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOL max. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 300°C

Int. diam. mm 0.32 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.5 0.5

Film thickness µm 1.80 1.80

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 50

1 1

4.003 214 4.003 215

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa. Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

Solvents and semi-volatiles Column: Carrier gas: Temperature: Injection: Detection:

OPTIMA® 624 LB, 1.8 μm film, 30 m x 0.32 mm ID; Retention Gap Phe-Sil 0.5 m x 0.53 mm 1.1 bar He 15 17 1 45 °C (3 min) → 150 °C (6 °C/min) → 14 300 °C (18 °C/min), 20 min 300 °C 1 μl (10 ppm per substance in acetone), 8 cold on-column 16 13 FID 280 °C

Peaks: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Acetone Ethyl acetate Tetrahydrofuran Cyclohexane Methyl-2-butanol-2 Butanol-1 Pyridine Toluene Dimethylformamide Dimethylsulphoxide

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

Decane Octanol-1 Acetophenone Butyrophenone Heptanophenone Methoxy-5-indole Dibenzylamine Methyl eicosanoate Methyl cis-13-docosenoate Methyl docosanoate

7

2

MN Appl. No. 212520 0

18 19 20

45 3 6 9 10

10

E & OE.

11 12

20

30

40 min

1463

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

1

OPTIMA® 225 capillary columns for GC MACHEREY-NAGEL

50% cyanopropylmethyl - 50% phenylmethylpolysiloxane USP G7/G19 middle polar phase recommended for fatty acid analyses similar phases: DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, Rtx-225, CP-Sil 43, 007-225, BP225

max. temperature for isothermal operation: 260°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 280°C Int. diam. mm 0.10 0.25 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.5

Film thickness µm 0.10 0.25 0.25

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 10 30 30

1 1 1

4.003 050 4.003 066 4.003 117

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa. Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

Analysis of FAME in porcine fat Column: Carrier gas: Temperature: Detector: Peaks: 1. C4:0 2. C5:0 3. C6:0 4. C8:0 5. C10:0 6. C11:0 7. C12:0 8. C13:0 9. C13:1 10. C14:0 11. C14:1 12. C15:0 13. C15:1 14. C16:0 15. C16:1 16. C17:0 17. C17:1

OPTIMA® 225, 0.25 μm film, 25 m x 0.32 mm ID, max. temperature 260/280 °C 60 kPa H2, injection volume 1 μl, split 1:40 50 °C (2 min) → 125 °C, 30 °C/min → 160 °C, 5 °C/min → 180 °C, 20 °C/min → 200 °C, 3 °C/min → 220 °C, 20 °C/min (10 min) FID 260 °C FAME in porcine fat FAME standard 7 8 10 14 15 20 14 18 20 18. C18:0 19 18 19. C18:1 19 20. C18:2 21. C18:3 8 22. C19:0 23. C20:0 24. C20:1 25. C20:2 26. C20:4 27. C20:3 28. C20:5 24 16 29. C22:0 25 30. C22:1 15 12 31. C22:2 22 32. C22:6 21 10 33. C24:0 22 34. C24:1 3 4

courtesy of Dr. Bantleon, Mr. Leusche, Mr. Hagemann, VFG-Labor, Versmold, Germany MN Appl. No. 210060

1464

2

5

6

28 9 1113 17

1

24

30 23 26 3132 27 29 3334

21

2 5

0

10

20

min

E & OE.

0

7

1112 10

16 17

25 23 26 27 20

32 min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns 1

Optima® WAX capillary columns for GC

1 MACHEREY-NAGEL

polyethylene glycol 20000 daltons

USP G16 polar phase recommended for solvent analysis and alcohols suitable for aqueous solutions similar phases: Premabond® CW 20 M , DB-Wax, Supelcowax, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWAX, Rtx-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB, Stabilwax, 007-CW, BP20, AT-Wax, ZB-Wax max. temperature for isothermal operation 240°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 250°C,for 0.53 mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 25 30 30 30 25 30 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.003 762 9.003 763 9.003 767 9.003 771 4.003 175 4.003 176 4.003 174

Custom-made columns to your specifications available on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.

Column ends are melted or closed with septa. Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

Modified Grob test Column: Inj. volume: Carrier gas: Split: Temperature:

OPTIMA® WAX, 0.5 μm film, 50 m x 0.32 mm ID, max. temperature 250/260 °C 1 μl 1,2 bar He 1 1:20 3 2 80 °C → 250 °C, 4 8 °C/min FID 250 °C

6

Detector: Peaks: 1. Decane 2. Undecane 3. Octanol 4. Methyl decanoate 5. Dicyclohexylamine 6. Methyl undecanoate 7. Methyl dodecanoate 8. 2,6-Dimethylaniline 9. 2,6-Dimethylphenol

2

89

5

0

MN Appl. No. 211170

7

5

10

15

20

Optima® FFAP capillary columns for GC

min

2 MACHEREY-NAGEL

polyethylene glycol 2-nitroterephthalate close equivalent USP G25/G35 polar phase recommended for FAME, free carboxylic acids similar phases: Permabond FFAP , DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP, CP-Sil 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukol

for columns with 0.10 to 0.32mm ID the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 250°C, the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 260°C for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.

Int. diam. mm 0.10 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.32 0.53 0.53

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8

Film thickness µm 0.10 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 1.00 0.50

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 10 25 30 30 30 25 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4.003 079 9.003 774 9.003 775 9.003 779 9.003 783 4.003 111 4.003 110

Custom-made columns to your specifications on request.

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.

Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

E & OE.

1465

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC columns-GC reagents FAME test Column: Carrier gas: Temperature:

OPTIMA® FFAP, 0.25 μm film, 60 m x 0.32 mm ID, max. temperature 250/260 °C 1.2 bar He, split 55 °C → 250 °C, 6 °C/min 1,0 μl, 220 °C 2 FID 220 °C 3

Injection: Detector: Peaks: 1. C4 2. C6 3. C8 4. C10 5. C12 6. C14 7. C16 8. C18 9. C18:1 cis/trans 10. C18:2 11. C18:3 12. C20 13. C22 14. C22:1 15. C24

4 5 1

9 6

7 8

11 10 12 13 14

MN Appl. No. 211140

0

10

20

30

40

15

50

60 min

Optima® 5 Amine GC capillary columns for amine separation especially deactivated for the analysis of polyfunctional amines such as ethanolamines, MACHEREY-NAGEL amino-functionalised diols and similar compounds, which are important base materials in industrial chemistry, and shows strong tailing on standard-deactivated columns; similar phases: Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5; USP G27/G36; improved linearity for analyses of active components at trace levels: no amine absorptions even for aliphatic and aromatic amines at concentrations of 100 pg/peak; tested with the Optima® Amine test mixture, which among others also contains diethanolamine and propanol-pyridine (this test mixture is supplied with each column). Max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 320°C.

Int. diam. mm 0.25 0.25 0.32

Ext. diam. mm 0.4 0.4 0.5

Film thickness µm 0.50 1.00 0.25

Length

PK

Cat. No.

m 30 30 30

1 1 1

6.900 659 4.003 123 4.003 125

Separation of secondary and tertiary amines OPTIMA®

Column: 5 Amine, 0.5 μm film, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID, max. temperature 300/320 °C Injection volume: 1 μl 2 Carrier gas: 0,6 bar H2, Split 1:100 3 6 Temperature: 100 °C (3 min) → 280 °C, 10 °C/min 5 7 8 Detector: FID 280 °C 1 4 Peaks: 1. Diethylamine 7. Di-isobutylamine 2. Di-isopropylamine 8. Tri-n-butylamine 3. Triethylamine 9. Di-isohexylamine 4. Di-n-propylamine 10. Dicyclohexylamine 5. Di-n-butylamine 11. Dibenzylamine 6. Tri-n-propylamine 12. Tri-n-hexylamine MN Appl. No. 210280

1466

0

E & OE.

10

10 9

12 11

20 min

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC reagents Reagents and methods for derivatisation MACHEREY-NAGEL

Derivatisation reagents

for improved volatility, better thermal stability or low limit of detection in gas chromatography prerequisite: quantitative, rapid and reproducible formation of only on derivative halogen atoms introduced by derivatisation (e.g. trifluoroacetates) allow specific detection (ECD) with the advantage of high sensitivity elution order and fragmentation patterns in MS can be influenced by a specific derivatisation reagents for silylation - alkylation (methylation) - acylation are available These products contain harmful substances which must be specially labelled as hazardous. For detailed information please see the MSDS, which can be downloaded under www.mn-net.com.

Selection guide for derivatisation of important functional groups in GC Function

method

derivative

recommended reagents

silylation acylation alkylation

R’O – TMS R’O – CO – R R’O – R

MSTFA HFBA, MBTFA TMSH

R’O – TMS R’ – NR’’ – TMS R’ – NR’’ – CO – R R’ – NR’’ – TMS not stable

BSTFA, SILYL-991 MSTFA, SILYL-991 HFBA, MBTFA MSTFA

Amides

silylation silylation acylation silylation silylation

Amino acids

acylation silylation

R’ – CO – NH – CO – R R’ – CH(NH – TMS) – CO – O – TMS

MBTFA, HFBA BSTFA, MSTFA

R’ – CH(NH – CO – R) – CO – O – R

Carboxylic acids

alkylation (a) + acylation (b) silylation

a) TMSH b) HFBA, MBTFA MSTFA

Alcohols, phenols R’OH sterically hindered

Amines primary, secondary hydrochlorides

R’ – CO – O – TMS susceptible to hydrolysis

(fatty acids)

Carbohydrates

alkylation silylation

Steroids

acylation acylation

R’ – CO – O – R

TMSH MSTFA MBTFA MBTFA, HFBA

Derivatisation method development kit Which type of derivatisation is best suited for your sample (alkylation, silylation or acylation)? Test kit for determination of the optimum derivatisation.

Content 2 x 1 ml each for TMSH, MSTFA, MBTFA

MACHEREY-NAGEL

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.001 514

Acylation kit MACHEREY-NAGEL

Which is the proper reagent for acylation?

Test kit for determination of the optimum acylation.

Content 2 x 1 ml each for MBTFA , TFAA, MBHFBA

PK

Cat. No.

1

6.207 118

Alkylation kit MACHEREY-NAGEL

Which is the proper reagent for methylation?

Test kit for determination of the optimum akylation.

Content 3x1 ml each for TMSH, DMF-DMA

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.001 513

Silylation kit MACHEREY-NAGEL

Which is the proper reagent for silylation?

Test kit for determination of the optimum silylation.

Content 2 x 1 ml each for MSTFA, BSTFA, TSIM, MSHFBA E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

6.704 458

1467

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC reagents Acylation reagents for GC - Anhydrides MACHEREY-NAGEL

Acylation with fluorinated acid anhydrides can be used for alcohols, phenols, carboxylic acids, amines, amino acids and steroids forming volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for ECD detection. by-products of acylation with anhydrides: corresponding acids excess reagent and the acid formed have to be removed Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride (HFBA) m.w. 410.06, Bp 106 - 107°C (760mm Hg), C3F7 - CO - O - CO - C3F7 density d20°/4° = 1.665 Description HFBA HFBA HFBA

Capacity ml 1 10 10

PK

Cat. No.

20 1 5

4.001 480 4.001 479 4.001 481

Methods for acylation Acylation with fluorinated acid anhydrides:

Acylation with fluorinated acid amides:

Acylation with HFBA can be used for alcohols, phenols, carboxylic acids, amines, amino acids and steroids forming volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for ECD detection.

This method is recommended for alcohols, primary and secondary amines as well as thiols under mild, neutral conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with carbohydrates [J. Sullivan and L. Schewe, J. Chromatogr. Sci. 15 (1977) 196 – 197].

Procedure: Dissolve 0.1 to 1 mg of the sample in 0.1 ml solvent, add 0.1 ml HFBA and heat to 60 – 70 °C for 1 – 2 hours. If the sample need not be concentrated prior to the analysis and if there is no danger of catalytically induced side reactions, pyridine is used as solvent.

The reaction solution can be injected directly into the gas chromatograph. Otherwise use a volatile solvent and evaporate solvent, excess derivatisation reagent and free acid in a stream of nitrogen. Dissolve the residue in 50 μl hexane, chloroform etc. and inject aliquot portions.

Procedure: Add 0.5 ml MBTFA to about 2 mg sample. If there is no reaction at ambient temperature, heat the reaction mixture to 120 °C. Compounds which are difficult to dissolve, can be trifluoracetylated in suitable solvent mixtures. It is recommended to use a ratio of solvent to MBTFA of 4 : 1. The reaction mixture can be chromatographed directly.

MN Appl. No. 213042

MN Appl. No. 213051

Acylation reagents for GC - Bisacylamides Acylation with fluorinated acid amides is recommended for alcohols, primary and secondary amines as well as for thiols under mild, neutral conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with carbohydrates.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

by-products: corresponding neutral acylamides, which can be easily removed due to their high volatility; because of neutral conditions and favourable chromatographic properties often removal of the bisacylamide is not necessary. Thus sample preparation is much more convenient.

MBTFA /MBHFBA N-methyl-bis(trifluoroacetamide) MBTFA m.w. 223.08, Bp 123 - 124°C (760mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.55, CF3 - CO - N(CH3) - CO - CF3

Description MBTFA MBTFA MBTFA

Capacity ml 1 10 10

PK

Cat. No.

20 1 5

7.401 143 7.510 796 6.228 605

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.

The derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and should be used soon.

Alkylation reagents for GC - Trimethylsulphonium hydroxide MACHEREY-NAGEL

TMSH (0.2M in methanol) M.G. 94.06 Description TMSH TMSH TMSH

1468

Capacity ml 1 1 10 E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

10 20 5

7.086 147 7.083 308 4.001 512

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC reagents Silylation reagents - BSTFA, SILYL-991 MACHEREY-NAGEL N,O-bis-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamide m.w. 257.4, Bp 40°C (12mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 0.961 BSTFA: R = CF3 powerful trimethylsilyl donor with approximately the same donor strength as the non-fluorinated analogue BSA advantage of BSTFA over BSA: greater volatility of its reaction products (particularly useful for GC of some lower boiling TMS amino acids.

BSTFA is nonpolar (less polar than MSTFA), and can be mixed with acetonitrile for improved solubility. For silylating fatty acid amides, hindered hydroxyls and other compounds, which are difficult to silylate (like secondary alcohols and amines), we recommend BSTFA + 1% trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS), available under the designation SILYL-991.

Description BSTFA BSTFA BSTFA SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1) SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)

Capacity ml 1 10 10 1 50

PK

Cat. No.

20 1 5 20 1

4.001 486 6.803 320 4.001 487 4.001 511 4.001 510

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.

The derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and should be used immediately.

Silylation with BSTFA or SILYL-991 (BSTFA + 1 % TMCS) Procedure: Add 0.5 ml silylation reagent to 1 – 10 mg sample; if necessary, add some solvent (normally pyridine or DMF [dimethylformamide] are used). Heat to 60 – 80 °C for 20 min to increase the reaction rate.

BSTFA MN Appl. No. 213092 · SILYL-991 MN Appl. No. 213093

1

Silylation reagents - MSTFA

1

N-methyl-N-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamide MACHEREY-NAGEL m.w. 199.1, Bp 70°C (75mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.11 MSTFA: R' = CF3, R" = CH3 the most volatile trimethylsilyl amide available very strong TMS donor which does not cause any noticeable fouling of the FID burning chamber even after long-time measuring series The already good solution characteristics can be improved by addition of submolar quantities of protic solvents (e.g. TFA for extremely polar compounds such as hydrochlorides) or pyridine (e.g. for carbohydrates). recommended application: carboxylic acids, hydroxy and ketocarboxylic acids, amino acids, amines, alcohols, polyalcohols, sugars, mercaptans and similar compounds with active hydrogen atoms. Even amine hydrochlorides can be silylated directly. advantages: complete reaction with high reaction rates, even without a catalyst (1 to 2% TMCS or TSIM) the by-product of the reaction (N-methyltrifluoroacetamide) features high volatility and short retention time.

Description Capacity ml MSTFA 1 MSTFA 10 MSTFA 10 MSTFA 50 MSTFA 100

PK

Cat. No.

20 1 5 6 6

7.055 892 6.704 091 6.085 475 6.227 450 4.001 493

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.

The derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and should be used soon.

Silylation with MSTFA Procedure: Dissolve 10 – 15 mg sample in 0.8 ml solvent, then add 0.2 ml MSTFA. The reaction mixture can be heated to 60 – 70 °C for up to 1 h and can be analysed directly. If TFA is used as a solvent, proceed as follows [M. Donike, J. Chromatogr. 85 (1973) 1 – 7]: Dissolve 1 – 2 mg sample in 100 μl TFA. Dropwise add 0.9 ml MSTFA. After cooling the sample can be chromatographed directly.

MN Appl. No. 213111

E & OE.

1469

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC consumables 1

1

Three-layer septa for GC inlet Hamilton

Low density silicone wad sandwiched between two high density silicone layers. Working temperature max. 200°C. Diam. mm 6.35 8.00 9.00 9.50 10.00 12.70 11.00 13.00 16.00

2

2

PK

Cat. No.

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

9.221 801 9.221 802 9.221 803 9.221 804 9.221 805 9.221 806 9.221 807 9.221 809 9.221 808

NEW!

Syringes for Agilent GC autosampler

GC syringes for Agilent autosampler 7673, 7683 and 6850 with fixed or removable needle two different needle diameter and tapered needles high reproducibiliy, low carry-over Gauge (OD) mm 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 23-26s (0.63/0.47) 26 (0.47) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 23 (0.63) 26 (0.47) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 23 (0.63) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 23 (0.63)

Needle Typ

Capacity

SGE Analytical Science

PK

Cat. No.

1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 1 1

9.221 270 6.204 103 6.226 427 6.254 971 9.221 271 9.221 272 6.203 350 6.205 076 9.221 273 6.072 528 9.221 274 6.206 502 6.089 587 6.050 962 6.228 788 9.221 275 9.221 276

Âľl 5 5 10 10 10 (Gas tight) 10 (Gas tight) 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 0.5 0.5 1

fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed removable removable removable

NEW!

Inlet Liner and o-rings for Agilent GC

3 7.653 145

4 6.236 751

5

Inlet Liner for Agilent 5890, 6850, 6890, 7890 und HP4890. SGE's inlet liners come as a complete, single packed unit.

SGE Analytical Science

5 or 25 packs, individualy packed Complete with instrument appropriate o-rings and sealing rings Each pack supplied with quality test results

6.223 553

6 9.003 588

Description

Split, Straight-through Liner Split, with Quartz wool Split / Splitless with Single Taper Split / Splitless with Single Taper (Quartz Wool) Split/Splitless Focus Liner Split/Splitless Focus Liner Split/Splitless Tapered Focus Liner Split/Splitless Tapered Focus Liner Split/Splitless FAST Focus Liner Split/Splitless Tapered FAST Focus Liner Split/Splitless Recessed Gooseneck (Quartz Wool) ConnecTite Liner Bottom Hole Viton o-ring, suitable for liners with OD 6,3mm

Ext. diam. mm 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

Int. dia. mm 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.3 2.3 4.0 4.0 4.0

Length mm 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5

Consumables from other GC manufacturers on request 1470

E & OE.

PK Cat. No.

5 5 5 5 5 25 5 25 5 5 5 5 10

7.653 145 9.003 576 9.003 579 6.236 751 6.223 552 6.239 332 6.223 553 9.003 572 6.223 554 9.003 586 9.003 588 9.003 587 9.221 277

3

4

5

6

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC consumables 1

NEW!

Ferrules for Agilent GC

1

SGE Analytical Science

High quality ferrules made of 100% Graphite or 15%Graphite/85%Vespel Type A: 15%Graphite/85%Vespel, for injectors and detectors at atmospheric pressure (e.g. FID) Type B: 15%Graphite/85%Vespel, for GC-MS interface connection Type C: 100%Graphite, for injectors and detectors at atmospheric pressure (not for GC-MS)

Column ID mm 0.1 - 0.25 0.32 0.53 0.1 - 0.25 0.32 0.53 0.1 - 0.32 0.45 - 0.53

2

Ferrule ID mm 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.5 0.8

Type

PK

Cat. No.

A A A B B B C C

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

6.223 558 9.221 278 9.221 279 6.088 109 6.059 976 6.059 977 7.652 355 9.221 280

NEW!

Septa for Agilent GC

2

All septa are made with a high grade silicone material to minimize needle coring. These SGE Analytical Science new materials meet or exceed industry standards, giving you reassurance in the quality of your work. All these septa grant a good durability, excellent resealing properties and excellent solvent resistance.

GP = General Purpose Silicone Septa for non-demanding routine applications up to 200°C. EC = High Temperature Silicone Septa, for significantly longer injection life, low bleed and low injection port adhesion.

MN = High Temperature Premium Silicone Septa for autosamplers, up to 400 injections per septum.

Also available: Septa for instruments from Perkin-Elmer, Shimadzu, Thermo and Varian/Bruker.

Diam.

Material

mm 5.0 5.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 12.5 12.5 12.5

GP MN GP EC HT GP EC MN HT GP HT EC

3

Temp. max. °C 200 400 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 200 400 400

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 50 25 25 50 25 50 25 50 25 25

9.003 590 9.003 591 6.224 189 9.003 592 9.003 593 6.085 419 9.003 594 6.255 348 9.003 595 6.087 242 9.003 596 9.003 597

NEW!

Syringes for CTC autosampler

Type A - syringes for CTC Analytics HTS, HTC and LC PAL (needle tip: LC) Type B - syringes for CTC Analytics CombiPal and GC PAL with fixed or removable needle, two different needle diameters (needle tip: cone). High reproducibiliy, low carry-over Gauge (OD) mm 22 (0.72) 22 (0.72) 22 (0.72) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 26 (0.47) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 23 (0.63)

Type

A A A B B B B B B

Needle length mm 51 51 51 50 50 50 50 50 50

Needle Typ fixed fixed removable fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed fixed

Capacity µl 25 (Gas tight) 100 (Gas tight) 250 (Gas tight) 5 5 10 (Gas tight) 10 (Gas tight) 10 10 E & OE.

3

SGE Analytical Science

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 6

9.221 286 9.221 287 9.221 288 6.239 096 7.607 298 9.221 289 9.221 290 7.607 297 9.221 291

1471

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Gas chromatography/GC consumables 1

1

NEW!

Syringes for Perkin-Elmer GC autosampler

GC syringes for all Perkin-Elmer autosampler e.g. Clarus. With fixed or removable needle.

Two different needle diameter. All needles are 70mm long with a cone point style. High reproducibiliy, low carry-over.

Gauge (OD) mm 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63) 26 (0.47) 23 (0.63)

Needle Typ fixed fixed fixed fixed

Capacity

SGE Analytical Science

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1

9.221 281 9.221 282 9.221 283 6.204 955

µl 5 5 5 (Gas tight) 5 (Gas tight)

NEW!

Inlet Liner for Perkin-Elmer GC

2

Inlet Liner for Perkin-Elmer Autosystem and Clarus 500, 600. SGE's inlet liners come as a complete, single packed unit. 5 or 25 packs, individualy packed. Complete with instrument appropriate o-rings and sealing rings. Each pack supplied with quality test results.

6.206 049

3

SGE Analytical Science

6.206 050

4 9.003 568

Description

Ext. diam. mm 6.2 6.2 6.2 4.0 2.0

Split / Splitless Focus Liner Split / Splitless Tapered Focus Liner Split straight through liner Split / Splitless Focus Liner für PSS Injector PTV liner with 0.25 mm ID restriction

5

5

Int. diam. mm 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 1.0

Length mm 92.0 92.0 92.0 86.2 88.0

5 5 5 5 5

Column ID mm 0.1 - 0.25 0.32 0.53 0.1 - 0.32 0.45 - 0.53

Ferrule ID mm 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.5 0.8

6.206 049 2 9.003 567 6.206 050 3 9.003 568 4 9.003 569

NEW!

Ferrules for Perkin-Elmer GC

High quality ferrules made of 100% Graphite or 15%Graphite/85%Vespel Type A - 15%Graphite/85%Vespel, for injectors and detectors at atmospheric pressure (e.g. FID) Type C - 100%Graphite, for injectors and detectors at atmospheric pressure (not for GC-MS)

SGE Analytical Science

Type

PK

Cat. No.

A A A C C

10 10 10 10 10

6.088 109 6.059 976 6.059 977 9.221 284 9.221 285

Consumables from other GC manufacturers on request

We can supply this

manufacturer’s whole product range !

1472

PK Cat. No.

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Plates Ready-to-use layers layers for TLC MACHEREY-NAGEL

Support materials for TLC ready-to-use layers

Glass plates: glass, ~ 1.3mm thick, high requirements for weight, packaging and storage, ideal torsional strength, high temperature stability, susceptible to breakage, can not be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents, mineral acids and conc. ammonia, suitability for aqueous detection reagents depends on the phase POLYGRAM®: polyester, ~ 0.2mm thick, low requirements for weight, packaging and storage, low torsional strength, max. 185°C temperature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents, mineral acids and conc. ammonia, very suitable for aqueous detection reagents ALUGRAM®: aluminium, ~ 0.15mm thick, low requirements for weight, packaging and storage, relatively high torsional strength, high temperature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents, low resistance against mineral acids and conc. ammonia, limited suitable for aqueous detection reagents

ADAMANT unmodified standard silica layers for TLC Silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume MACHEREY-NAGEL 0.75ml/g, particle size 5 to 17µm. Outstanding hardness and abrasion resistance due to an optimized binder system. Increased separation efficiency due to an optimized particle size distirbution. High suitability for trace analyses resulting from a UV indicator with brilliance and a low-noise background of the layer.

Available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254).

Type

ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT ADAMANT UV254 ADAMANT

Plate format cm 2.5 x 7.5 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 20 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 10 x 20

Path length mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

PK

Cat. No.

100 50 50 200 200 100 25 25 50 25 25 25

4.005 060 4.005 067 4.005 061 4.005 068 4.005 062 4.005 063 4.005 069 4.005 064 4.005 065 4.005 070 4.005 066 9.003 472

Separation of steroids Layers: ADAMANT UV254, SIL G/UV254; eluent: trichloromethane – methanol (97:3) Developing time: 10 minutes; 0.1 % solution in CHCl3

Rf Cortisone Corticosterone Testosterone Desoxycorticosterone Progesterone Migration distance

ADAMANT 0.37 0.43 0.50 0.55 0.73 5.0 cm

SIL G 0.27 0.30 0.39 0.46 0.62 5.7 cm

E & OE.

MN Appl. No. 402930

ADAMANT UV 254

SIL G/UV254

1473

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Plates SIL G unmodified standard silica layers for TLC, glass plates/ POLYGRAM® MACHEREY-NAGEL

glass plates, POLYGRAM®, ALUGRAM®

silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~500m²/g, mean pore size 60 Å, specific pore volume 0.75 ml/g, particle size 5 to 17µm; standard grade; thickness of layer for analytical plates 0.25mm, for preparative plates 0.5 and 1mm; for 2mm preparative layers a slightly coarser material is used indicators: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm); special inorganic fluorescent pigment with blue fluorescence for long-wave UV (366nm) binders: highly polymeric products, which are stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive visualisation reagents; binder system for Polygram® sheets is also completely stable in purely aqueous eluents available as glass plates, Polygram polyester sheets and Alugram aluminium sheets.

Available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254).

Type

Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-25 Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-100 Glass plates SIL G-100 UV254 Glass plates SIL G-200 Glass plates SIL G-200 UV254 POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G UV254 POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G UV254 POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G UV254 POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G UV254 POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G POLYGRAM® polyester sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets SIL G

1

Path length mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20

PK Cat. No.

100 50 50 200 200 100 100 25 50 50 25 25 15 15 12 12 200 200 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 200 50 20 20 50 50 50 50 20 20 25 25 25 25

2

4.004 850

1474

Plate format cm 2.5 x 7.5 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 10 10 x 20 10 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 2.5 x 7.5 2.5 x 7.5 4x8 4x8 5 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 40 x 20 40 x 20 2.5 x 7.5 4x8 5 x 7.5 5 x 7.5 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 20 10 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20

3

4.004 827

E & OE.

4.005 043

4.004 850 1 6.230 729 4.004 848 4.004 847 4.004 849 4.004 846 6.232 660 9.003 474 6.227 917 6.230 274 9.003 491 9.003 492 4.004 853 7.300 555 6.224 417 4.004 854 4.004 827 2 4.004 826 4.004 825 9.003 493 6.803 651 9.003 476 6.202 190 9.003 494 4.004 822 4.004 824 4.005 043 3 9.003 496 4.005 042 6.227 948 6.802 883 9.003 477 7.084 918 9.003 478 4.005 052 6.233 568 7.059 745 9.003 497 6.242 312 9.003 465

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Plates 1

TLC plates, Silica gel 60 F 254

1 Merck

Material

Gel thickness

Width

Length

PK

Cat. No.

mm 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20

mm 20.0 10.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 20.0 5.0 5.0 20.0

mm 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.0 10.0 7.5 7.5 20.0 10.0 7.5 20.0

25 50 100 25 200 25 100 500 25 50 20 25

9.130 050 9.130 051 9.130 052 9.130 053 9.130 054 9.130 055 9.130 056 9.130 057 9.130 058 9.130 059 9.130 060 9.130 063

Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Plastic

TLC plates Merck

Silica gel 60 F254 Material

Glass backed Glass backed

2

Gel thickness mm 0.5 2

Dimensions

PK

Cat. No.

mm 20 x 20 20 x 20

20 12

9.130 061 9.130 062

2

ALUGRAM® Nano-SIL unmodified Nano-silica layers for HPTLC

ALUGRAM® MACHEREY-NAGEL Nano silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, particle size 2 to 10µm. Indicator: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm).

Binder: highly polymeric product, which is stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive visualisation reagents. Narrow fractionation of the silica particles allows sharper separations, shorter developing times, shorter migration distances, smaller samples and an increased detection sensitivity compared to SIL G plates.

Available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254).

Type

ALUGRAM® NANO-SIL G ALUGRAM® NANO-SIL G UV254 ALUGRAM® NANO-SIL G ALUGRAM® NANO-SIL G UV254

Plate format cm 5 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20

Path length mm 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

50 50 25 25

4.005 044 6.227 900 6.227 899 4.005 045

1475

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Plates 1

RP-18 W/UV254 octadecyl-modified nano silica layers for HPTLC MACHEREY-NAGEL

glass plates, ALUGRAM®

4.004 880

2

base material: Nano-K silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, particle size 2 to 10 µm; for preparative plates (1 mm thickness of layer) standard silica 60, particle size 5 to 17 µm, pH stability 2 to 10 indicator: acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm); UVabsorbing substances apppear as dark-blue to black spots on a light-blue background; partial octadecyl modification, wettable with water, carbon content 14%. 18-100 normal phase or reversed phase separation modes with eluents from anhydrous solvents to mixtures with high concentrations of water (see figure); the relative polarity of the eluent determines the polarity of the layer.

Recommended application: aminophenols, barbiturates, preservatives, nucleobases, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, steroids, tetracyclines, plasticizers (phthalates).

Available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254).

Type

7.400 375

3

ALUGRAM® Glass plates RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® Glass plates RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® Glass plates RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® Glass plates RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® Glass plates RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254 ALUGRAM® aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254

3

Plate format cm 5 x 20

Path length mm 0.25

PK Cat. No.

10 x 10

0.25

25 6.206 173

10 x 20

0.25

50 4.004 879

20 x 20

0.25

25 4.004 878

20 x 20

1.00

15 4.004 881

4x8

0.15

50 7.400 375 2

5 x 10

0.15

50 6.901 143

5 x 20

0.15

50 4.005 046

10 x 10

0.15

25 4.005 047

20 x 20

0.15

25 6.704 046

50 4.004 880 1

Aluminium oxide layers for TLC

Standard, rigid TLC plates in a choice of media, backing materials, and with dimensions as outlined below.

Material

Gel Dimensions thickness

POLYGRAM aluminium oxide* ALUGRAM aluminium oxide*

MACHEREY-NAGEL PK

Cat. No.

mm mm 0,2 200 x 200

25

9.003 495

0,2 200 x 200

25

9.003 498

*with 254 nm UV indicator

4

4

Chromatography paper, reels

Chromatography Paper 1 CHR The standard chromatography paper. Good resolution for general analytical separations.

Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.18mm. Capillary rise (water) 130mm/30 min.

GE Healthcare

Chromatography Paper 3MM CHR Used in electophoresis, in general chemistry and as blotting paper. Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.34mm.

Capillary rise (water) 130mm/30 min.

Grade 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 3MMChr 3MMChr 3MMChr 3MMChr 3MMChr 3MMChr

1476

Width mm 10 20 30 40 50 100 150 20 100 150 190 230 270

Length mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.950 322 9.950 323 9.950 324 9.950 325 9.950 326 9.950 328 9.950 329 9.950 327 9.950 330 9.950 331 9.950 332 9.950 333 9.950 334

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Plates 1 2

Chromatography paper/Ion exchange papers

1

Whatman chromatography papers are the most widely used papers for chromatography GE Healthcare worldwide. This acceptance and usage reflects the purity, high quality and consistency of Whatman papers. These qualities are relied upon by chromatographers and essential to successful reproducible chromatography. Whatman chromatography paper media are made from specially selected cotton cellulose. They are rigorously quality controlled for characteristics important to the chromatographer and to ensure uniformity within the grade.

1 Chr world standard chromatography paper. A smooth surface, 0.18 mm thick with a linear flow rate (water) of 130 mm/30 min. Good resolution for general analytical separations.

3MM Chr widely used as a blotting paper, 3MM Chr is used in both electrophoresis and for general chemistry. A medium thickness paper (0.34 mm) used extensively for general chromatography and electrophoresis. Flow rate is 130 mm/30 min.

3 Chr medium thickness paper (0.36 mm) with a flow rate of 130 mm/30 min. For general applications with medium/heavy solute loadings. Frequently used for separation of inorganic compounds and for electrophoresis.

17 Chr thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent paper with a very high flow rate of 190 mm/30 min. Suitable for the heaviest loadings and ideal for preparative paper chromatography and electrophoresis.

2

Ion exchange papers DE81: A thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger with diethylaminoethyl functional groups. The ion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm² and flow rate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays and DNA polymerase.

SG81: A unique paper (0.27 mm thick) combining cellulose and large pore silica gel. Suitable for separations in which both partition and adsorption are important, including the separation of phospholipids, steroids, phenols and dyes. Flow rate is 110 mm/30 min.

P81: A thin (0.23 mm) cellulose phosphate paper. Strong cation exchanger of high capacity. Ion exchange capacity is 18.0 µeq/cm² and the flow rate is 125 mm/30 min. For use with protein kinase assay with peptide substrates.

Grade 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 1Chr 3MMChr 3MMChr 3Chr 3MMChr 3MMChr 4Chr 17Chr DE81 SG81 P81

Dimensions mm 100 x 300 200 x 200 250 x 250 460 x 570 200 x 200 315 x 355 460 x 570 460 x 570 580 x 680 460 x 570 460 x 570 460 x 570 460 x 570 460 x 570

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25

9.950 308 9.950 309 9.950 310 9.950 311 9.950 312 9.950 313 9.950 314 9.950 371 9.950 315 9.950 316 9.950 317 9.950 318 9.950 319 9.950 320

Chromatography strips Divided into 12 bands, each of 15mm wide, for parallel separation of 12 samples.

Grade 1Chr CRL

3

Width mm 110

Length mm 213

DE81

PK

Cat. No.

100

9.950 321

Ion exchange papers

3

A thin (0.20mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger with diethylaminoethyl functional groups. The ion exchange capacity is 1.7µeq/cm2 and flow rate is 95mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays and DNA polymerase.

Grade

GE Healthcare

Diam. mm 23

E & OE.

GE Healthcare

PK

Cat. No.

400

9.950 335

1477

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Chambers-Detection 1

1

Standard separating chamber with knob lid/ ground cover plate

With absolutely flat chamber floor, ground flange rim and lid for all TLC plates up to 200mm x 200mm.

Other separating chambers available on request.

Type Separating chamber with knob lid Separating chamber with glass lid Knob lid for 9.020 160 Glass lid for 9.020 173

2

2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1

9.020 160 9.020 173 9.020 163 9.020 177

Simultaneous developing chamber and DC accessories MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type DC simultaneous chamber for up to 5 plates, 20cm x 20cm Laboratory atomiser, glass with rubber bulb Glass capillary 1µl Outlining templates Chromatography Paper MN 260, 7.5cm x 17cm (for saturating)

3

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 150 2 100

9.003 500 4.004 909 7.056 849 4.004 903 4.004 907

Nano separating chambers, with knob/ stainless lid

The Nano separating chambers with 100mm x 100mm plate format have all the advantages of standard separating chambers.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Nano separating chamber 100mm x 100mm, with knob lid Nano separating chamber 100mm x 100mm, with stainless steel lid Nano knob lid, 100mm x 100mm Nano stainless steel lid, 100mm x 100mm Nano filter paper for vapour conditioning the chamber, 210mm x 110mm, 25 sheets

1 1 1 1 25

9.020 210 9.020 212 9.020 211 9.020 213 9.020 214

4

4

H separating chamber

The H separating chambers make optimum use of HPTLC gel layer advantages. Small biostep GmbH particle size 5µm, stringently controlled pore size and distribution, and more theoretical bases. Excellent value for money and can be supplied for time and cost saving in 50mm x 50mm plate format or traditional 100mm x 100mm format. Optimum separations are achieved even on the shortest runs.

Type H separation chamber H separation chamber Frit rods Cover plate Cover plate

5

5

Width mm 50 100 50 100

Length mm 50 100 50 50 100

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 5 1 1

9.023 150 9.023 160 9.023 955 9.023 956 9.023 957

Chromatography sprayer SG 1

Spraying with powerful and quiet pump.The finest spray is produced even when the battery power is low. Liquids, up to the viscosity of light oil, can be finely sprayed at the touch of a button. Particle diameter 5µm to 10µm with a throughput of 20ml/min. based on water. The reservoir bottle for the spray reagent is made of borosilicate glass. The bottle is screwed into the high-grade PTFE nozzle and can be changed in seconds. With quick-charging dock as a storage base. Overload protection enables continuous storage of the sprayer in the charging station. Supplied with battery, battery charger, bottle and nozzle.

1478

Type

PK

Cat. No.

SG 1 Reagent reservoir, 50 ml

1 10

9.539 045 9.539 046

E & OE.

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Detection 1

Special atomiser, with rubber blowball

1

With rubber blowball for nebulising reagents. Can be connected to other compressed air supplies.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.024 000

Special atomiser

2

Test tube atomiser, glass

2

Glass atomiser for nebulising small amounts of reagents. Atomiser can be inserted in a 12ml test tube with a ground joint and held in position with a spring clip.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.023 990

Test tube atomiser

3

UV analysis lamp HP-UVIS速

3

For UV analysis without a darkroom. High-pressure mercury lamp emits very intense radiation at 366nm for fluorescence evaluation. Specially selected 254nm filters enable optimal contrast. Minimal footprint in spite of simultaneous observation points for two 200mm x 200mm plates. Inclined plate angle gives comfortable viewing.

Dimensions (WxDxH) 325mm x 290mm x 480mm. Weight: 11.5kg. Supply requirements 230V.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.539 360

HP-UVIS速

4

UV irradiation system BIO-LINK, BLX 254

4

-

Compact and powerful, ideal for a broad range of applications Precise measurement and control technology, non-ageing UV sensors Choice for irradiation parameter energy or time Easy operation: Programme memory, storage of the last parameters, programme resumes after opening of the door, auto-restart after power failure - Secure and stable construction, very easy to use - Easy exchange of the UV tubes for wavelength change Dimensions (WxDxH) Housing: Interior:

350 x 360 x 305mm 260 x 330 x 145mm

Type

Description

Tubes

BLX-254

UV crosslinker

W 5x8

Wavelength nm 254

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.971 923

Other models available on request.

5

TLC Viewing cabinets, CN-6/ CN-15

5

Model CN-6: - for one or two UV hand lamps model BVL-6; choice of combined wavelengths 254nm, 312nm and 365nm - cabinet dimensions (WxDxH): 300mm x 280mm x 240mm Model CN-15: - integral high intensity UV lamps, extra large capacity; easy access also for large samples; white-light bulb for normal observation - removable bottom panel for use with an BETXF Professional Line transilluminator - cabinet dimensions (W x D x H): 505mm x 415mm x 280mm Type

Description

CN-6 without UV handlamps CN-15.LC* with integrated UV tubes and white-light source

Tubes W 4 x 15

Wavelength nm 365 / 254

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.971 926 9.971 927

* Other models available on request.

E & OE.

1479

14. Chromatography

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Thin-layer chromatography/Detection-Accessories 1

1 -

TLC Imaging system BIO-CHROM II

Scientific imaging system for documentation and analysis of TLC plates Easy acquisition and storage of the data via PC High-intensity epi-UV illumination Easy access to the darkroom through large front-opening Extensive UV protection Removable bottom panel for optional use with an UV transilluminator

All models with the following standard components: - Scientific s/w CCD camera with 1 MP resolution (4 MP EP) and USB 2.0 port - High aperture zoom with UV/VIS spectral filter - Darkroom CN-15 with 2 x 15W tubes 365nm, 2 x 15W tubes 254nm and white light source - Light protecting hood and camera stand - Free PC image acquisition and analysis software BIO-CAPT with basic modules for MW, densitometric and R(f) analyses Type

Description

BIO-CHROM II With standard components

2

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

7.930 261

Universal application and evaluation template

Plexiglass. Simplifies application, marking and evaluation of thin layer chromatograms. Size 200mm x 200mm.

Type Universal application and evaluation template

3

3

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.020 131

Outlining templates

With limit stops for precise positioning of the plate on the template. Provide precise pipette guidance due to triangular apertures in a 5mm spaced grid, providing 9, 19 or 39 outlining points, depending on the size of the template. A nonslip coating means that the outlining template does not slide on the bench.

Width mm 100 50 200 200

4

4

Length mm 100 50 100 200

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1

9.020 134 9.020 135 9.020 136 9.020 137

TLC plate cutter

For scoring and cutting glass backed TLC plates. For cost-effectiveness in plate use, or in order to give individual plates different derivatives after separation. Supplied with cutting ring and template.

Type TLC plate cutter

5

5

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.539 041

NEW!

Laboratory dryer HT0139

Power: approx. 2100 W. 2 speed settings, 3 temperature settings with cold air-stream button. soft-touch housing. Airinlet grille detachable for cleaning. cable retracts at the touch of a button.

Type HT0139

1480

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.106 788

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Legal Measurement Units

Legal measurement units are compulsory in legal and official use Parameter

Name

Activity, radioactive Equivalent dose

Becquerel Curie Sievert Röntgen equivalent man Joule Erg Lux Nox Dioptre

Work, mechanical Illumination Unit of power of a lens system Density Rotation, specific Number of revolutions Pressure

Energy

Absorbed dose

Absorbed dose / rate Extinction coefficent, molar specific Field strength, electric magnetic

Area

Flow, magnetic Flow density, electric magnetic

Unit and conversion factor 1 Bq = 1 /s 1 Ci = 3.7 x 1010 /s 1 Sv = 1 J/kg 1 rem = 10-2 J/kg J = 1 N x m = 1 kg x m2/s2 1 erg = 10-7 J 1 lx = 1 lm/m2 1 nx = 10-3 lx 1 dpt = 1 /m

Comments SI Unit SI Unit SI Unit SI Unit also known as refractive power

–

kg/m3

– –

l/mol x cm l/g x cm

Volt per metre Ampere per metre

1 V/m = 1 m x kg/(s3 x A) = 1 W/(A x m) SI Unit 1 A/m Sl Unit

Oersted

1 Oe = 103 A/m 4π 1 m2 = 1 m x 1 m = 1 sq. m 1 a = 102 m2 1 ha = 104 m2 1 Wb = 1 V x s 1 M = 10-8 Wb C/m2 1 T = 1 Wb/m2 = 1 V x s/m2 1 G = 10-4 T

Sl Unit; measurement is usually given in g/ml or g/cm3 – Degrees x m2/kg Sl Unit; measurement is usually given in -1 -1 degrees; rotation value of 1 g of substance – Degrees x dm x g x ml in 1 ml of solution in a 10 cm long tube Sl Unit Revolutions per second 1 s-1 = 1 Hz Revolutions per minute 1 min-1 = 1 UpM = 1/60 s-1 = 1 min-1 =rpm Sl Unit; see also “Conversion of Pascal 1 Pa = 1 N/m2 Imperial units into metric units” table Bar 1 bar = 105 Pa physical atmosphere 1 atm = 1.01325 x 105 Pa technical atmosphere 1 at = 1 kp/cm2 techn. atmosph. overpressure ato = atm +1 Metres water column 1 mWS = 9.790 x 103 Pa Millimetre mercury 1 mm Hg = 1 Torr = 1.3332 x 102 Pa column or Torr Joule 1 J = 1Nx m = 1kgx m2/s2 = 1 W x s Sl Unit Electronvolt 1 eV = 1.60219 x 10-19 J Calorie 1 cal = 4.1868 J Gray 1 Gy = 1 J/kg Sl Unit Rad 1 rd = 0.01 J/kg Rem 1 rem = 0.01 J/kg – 1 Gy/s = 1 W/kg Sl Unit

Square metre Are Hectare Weber Maxwell Coulomb per square metre Tesla Gauss

also known as spectral absorption measure (DIN) or decadic absorptivity (IUPAC)

Sl Unit

Sl Unit Sl Unit Sl Unit, previously magnetic induction

1481

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Legal Measurement Units

Parameter

Name

Frequency

Hertz

Velocity

Metre per second Kilometre per hour Henry

Inductance, electromagnetic Ion dose Capacitance, electric Force

Charge, electric Length

Power

Internat. Henry Coulomb per kilogram Röntgen Farad internat. Farad Newton Pond Dyn Coulomb Metre Micrometre Ångström Femtometre (Fermi) Inch Watt Horsepower Siemens per centimetre

Conductance, related to length Conductance, electric Siemens Luminance Candela per square metre Nit Stilb Lambert Luminous radiation, specific Luminous intensity

Lumen per square metre Phot Candela Hefner candle Internat. candle Luminous Flux Lumen Mass Kilogram (Weight read from Gram scales) Ton Metric carat Atomic mass unit Dalton Voltage, Volt electric Internat. Volt Amount of substance Mol Mol quantity Gram molecule Gram atom Gram equivalent Amount of substance fraction – Mole fraction

1482

Unit and conversion factor 1 Hz = 1 s-1 1 s-1 = 1Hz m/s 1 km/h = 0.27 m/s 1 H = 1 Wb/A = 1 V x s/A = 1 W x s/A2 = 1Ω x s 1 Hint = 1.00049 H C/kg 1 R = 2.58 x 10-4 C/kg 1 F = 1 C/V = 1 A2 x s/W = 1 s/Ω 1 Fint = 0.99951 F 1 N = 1 kg x m/s2 1 P = 9.807 x10-3 N 1 dyn = 10-5 N 1 C = 1 A x s = 1 J/V 1m 1 µ = 10-6 m 1 Å = 10-10 m 1 f = 10-15 m 1'' = 25.4 mm 1 W = 1 J/s 1 PS = 0.735 kW 1 S/cm = 1 Ω-1 x cm-1 1 S = 1 Ω-1 1 cd/m2 1 nt = 1 cd/m2 1 sb = 1 cd/cm2

Comments Sl unit for periodic operations Sl unit Sl unit

Sl unit Sl unit Sl unit

Sl unit Sl basic unit

Sl unit Sl unit Sl unit Sl unit

1 la = 1 sb = 1 cd/cm2

π

π

1 lm/m2 1 ph = 1 lm/m2 1 cd 1 HK = 0.903 cd 1 IK = 1.019 cd 1 lm = 1 sr x cd = 1cd 1 kg 1 g = 10-3 kg 1 t = 103 kg 1 Kt = 0.2 g 1 u = 1 amu = 1.6605 x 10-27 kg 1 Dalton = 1.6602 x 10-27 kg 1 V = 1 J/C = 1 W/A Vint = 1.00034 V 1 mol 1 Mol 1 Mol 1 Tom 1 Val mol/mol %

Sl unit Sl basic unit

Sl unit Sl basic unit

For precious stones only

Sl unit, also electric potential Sl basic unit

also known as amount fraction

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Legal Measurement Units

Parameter

Name

Amount of substance Molarity concentration Molality Normality Current Ampere electrical Internat. Ampere Temperature Kelvin Degrees Celsius Degrees Kelvin Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Rankine Degrees Reaumur Viscosity, dynamic – Poise kinematic – Stokes Volumes Cubic metre Litre Solid cubic metre Stacked cubic metre Standard cubic metre Volume flow rate – Volume flow – Heat Joule Calorie Resistance, electrical Ohm

Unit and conversion factor 1 mol/l 1 mol/kg 1N 1 A = 1 C/s 1 Aint = 1.000291 A K = °C + 273.15 °C = K – 273.15 °K = K °F = 1.8 K – 459.4 °Rank = 1.8 K °R = 1.25 °C

Comments

1 Pa x s = 1 N x s x m2 = 1 kg/s x m 1 P = 0.1 Pa x s m2/s 1 St = 1 cm2/s 1 m3 = 1 m x 1 m x 1 m = 1 cbm 1 l = 10-3 m3 = 1 cdm 1 Fm = 1 m3 1 Rm = 1 m3 1 Nm = 1 m3 1 m3/s = 103 l/s 1 l/s = 106 mm3/s 1J = 1N x m = 1W x s 1 cal = 4.187 J

SI unit

SI unit

specific Angle,

Internat. Ohm – Radian

1 Ω = 1 V/A = 1 W/A2 = 1 kg x m2/s3 x A2 1 Ωint = 1.00079 Ω 1 Ω x mm2/m 1 rad = 1m/1m = 57°17'45''

plane

Round angle

1 round ang. = 2 π rad = 360°

Degree

1°=

π

SI basic unit Sl basic unit

SI unit SI unit

SI unit SI unit

Supplementary SI unit (plane angle = relationship of an arc to the radius of a circle)

rad

180 Minute Second

1' = (1/60)° 1'' = (1/60)'

solid

Steradian

π rad 180 1 sr = 1 m2/1 m2

Time

Second Minute Hour Day

1 s = 1 sec 1 min = 60 s = 1 min 1 h = 60 min 1 d = 24 h

Gon

1 gon =

Supplementary SI unit; solid angle = relationship of the area of the surface of the sphere cut off by this angle to the square of the radius of the sphere Sl basic unit

1483

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Imperial units Conversion of Imperial units into metric units Parameter Length

Area

Volume

Measure for liquids

Measure for dry substances Mass (Weight)

Density

Pressure

1484

Unit inch foot yard mile square inch square foot square yard square mile cubic inch cubic foot cubic yard minim minim fluid ounce fluid ounce liquid pint liquid pint liquid quart liquid quart gallon gallon barrel dry pint dry quart dry barrel grain dram ounce pound quarter cental (long) hundredweight short hundredweight (long) ton short ton pennyweight

Symbol in ft yd mi in2 ft2 yd2 mi2 in3 ft3 yd3

troy ounce troy ounce pound/cubic foot pound/cubic inch pound/cubic yard pound/square inch (p.s.i.) pound/square foot inch Hg inch WS

oz tr oz t lb/ft2 lb/in2 lb/yd2 lb/in2

ozfl ozfl pt pt qt qt gal gal

gr dr oz lb qr ctl cwt sh cwt tnl tnsh dwt

lb/ft2 in Hg in WS

Conversion 1 in 1 ft 1 yd 1 mi 1 in2 1 ft2 1 yd2 1 mi2 1 in3 1 ft3 1 yd3 1 minim 1 minim 1 ozfl 1 ozfl 1 pt 1 pt 1 qt 1 qt 1 gal 1 gal 1 barrel 1 dry pint 1 dry quart 1 dry barrel 1 gr 1 dr 1 oz 1 lb 1 qr 1 ctl 1 cwt 1 sh cwt 1 tnl 1 tnsh 1 dwt

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

2.54 cm 0.305 m 0.914 m 1.609 km 6.452 cm2 9.290 dm2 0.836 m2 2.590 km2 16.39 cm3 28.31 dm3 0.765 m3 59.19 mm3 61.61 mm3 28.41 cm3 29.57 cm3 568.3 cm3 473.2 cm3 1.136 dm3 946.4 cm3 4.546 dm3 3.785 dm3 159.0 dm3 550.6 cm3 1.101 dm3 115.6 dm3 64,80 mg 1.772 g 28.35 g 453.6 g 12.70 kg 45.36 kg 50.80 kg 45.36 kg 1016 kg 907.2 kg 1.555 g

Comments

1 oz tr 1 oz t 1 lb/ft2 1 lb/in2 1 lb/yd2 1 lb/in2 (1 p.s.i.

1 lb/ft2 1 in Hg 1 in WS

= = = = = = = = = =

31,10 g 31,10 g 0,016 g/cm3 27,68 g/cm3 0,593 kg/m3 6,895 · 10-2 bar 6,895 · 10-2 bar) 4,788 · 10-4 bar 3,337 · 10-2 bar 2,487 · 10-3 bar

for GB for USA for GB for USA for GB for USA for GB for USA for GB for USA for oil for USA for USA for USA

for GB for GB for GB for USA for GB for precious stones and metals for GB for USA

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 18

Plastics

Plastic Materials The careful evaluation of material requirements by the user is absolutely necessary. The following recommendations from technical literature and/or the raw material manufacturers themselves only offer information to allow decisionmaking. They do not replace, under any circumstances, qualification tests by the user, who must be familiar with the respective application conditions in each case.

Plastics have become generally accepted as an alternative

material to glass within the laboratory. Physical and chemical characteristics vary strongly. Application conditions decide which plastic is suitable. There are various influences: Exposure period and concentration of chemicals involved, temperature load, sterilization requirement, mechanical load, aging, e.g. by the effect of cleaning agents or by other environmental factors.

Abbreviations of the most important plastics, acc. to DIN 7728 ABS ACL CA CN CP ECTFE ETFE FEP GF NBR NR NYL PA PAN PC PCTFE PE

Acrylo-Butadiene-StyreneCopolymer Acetal (Polyoxymethylene) Cellulose acetate Cellulose nitrate Cellulose propionate Ethylene-ChlortrifluoroethyleneCopolymer Ethylene-TetrafluoroethyleneCopolymer TetrafluoroethylenePerfluoropropylene Glass-fibre, Glass-fibre reinforced Nitrile rubber Natural rubber Nylon (Polyamide) Polyamide (Nylon) Polyacrylonitrile Polycarbonate Polychlorotrifluoroethylene Polyethylene

PBTP PE-HD PE-LD PETP PFA PMMA PMP POM PP PPO PS PSE PTFE PUR PVC SAN SB SI TFE

Polybutylene terephthalate High density polyethylene Low density polyethylene Polyethylene terephthalate Perfluoralkoxylalkane Polymethylmethacrylate Polymethylpentene (TPX®) Polyoxymethylene Polypropylene modified Polyphenylene oxide Polystyrol Polysulphone Polytetrafluoroethylene Polyurethane Polyvinyl chloride Styrene-Acrylnitrile-Copolymer Styrene-Butadiene-Copolymer (Impact-resistant PS) Silicone rubber Teflon® (Tetrafluorethylene, PTFE)

Physical characteristics

ABS ECTFE/ETFE FEP/PFA NR PA PC PE-HD PE-LD PMMA PMP (TPX®) POM PP PPO, mod.

PS PTFE PVC SAN SI

Operating temperature max. °C 85 150 205/250 70 90 130 105 80…90 65…95 175 85 135 150 70 270 80 70 180

Brittle point temperature °C -40 -100 -270 -40 0 -130 -50 -50 -50 0 -40 0 -40 -20 -270 -20 -40 -60

Density ca. g/cm³ 1.05 1.70 2.15 1.2 1.13 1.20 0.95 0.92 1.18 0.83 1.42 0.90 1.08 1.05 2.17 1.35 1.03 1.1

Flexibility

Transparency

rigid moderate moderate excellent rigid rigid rigid excellent rigid rigid good rigid good rigid excellent rigid rigid excellent

none opaque opaque none opaque total opaque opaque total total none opaque none total none total or coloured total opaque

1485

Technical information

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 17

Plastics

Sterilization stability of major plastics (without warranty) Only sterilize carefully cleaned vessels, rinsed with distilled water.

Always remove closures!

Steam sterilization 121°C, up to 20 min acc. DIN ABS no ECTFE/ETFE yes FEP/PFA/PTFE yes NR no PA no PC yes 1) PE-HD no PE-LD no PMMA no yes PMP (TPX®) POM no PP yes PPO, mod. yes PS no PVC no 2) SAN no Sl yes 1) 2)

°-Radiation 25 kGy no no no no yes yes yes yes yes yes no no no yes no no no

Gas (Ethylene oxide) yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes

Chemical (Formalin, Ethanol) yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

Loss of rigidity is possible.

Some exceptions possible.

Chemical resistance of major plastics in relation to substance groups (without warranty) Plastics are divided into the following three groups according to their chemical stability: A = very good chemical stability.

Constant exposure to the medium does not cause damage to the plastic over 30 days.

The plastic can remain resistant for years.

B = good to fair chemical stability.

Constant exposure to the medium causes slight damage/change within the period of 7 to 30 days.

Some of these changes are partially reversible (radiation, softening, reductions in rigidity, discoloration).

C = low chemical stability.

Not suitable for prolonged exposure to the medium. Damage can occur immediately (reduction in rigidity, deformation, discoloration, increased porosity, dissolving)!

Substance group

ABS ECTFE ETFE

NR

PA

PC PE-HD PE-LD PMMA

PMP (TPX®)

POM

PP

PPO

PS

PTFE FEP PFA

PVC

SAN

SI

A A

B C

B C

B C

A A

A A

C C

A A

C C

A A

B C

B B

A A

A A

B C

B C

B A A B A A

C A A C B B

C B B A B A

C C A C B C

B A A B A B

B A A B A B

C A C C B B

B A A B B B

C A A A B C

B A A B A B

C A B C B C

C A A C C C

A A A A A A

C A A C C C

C A A C C C

C A A C B B

A A A A

C C C C

A A B A

B C C C

A A B B

B B C C

A C C C

B C C C

A A A A

A B B B

A B B C

C C C C

A A A A

A C C C

C C C C

C C C C

at 20 °C

Acids weak, dilute B highly conc.

C oxidising acids Oxidisers C Caustic solutions (lyes) B Alcohols, aliphatic A Ketones C Aldehydes C Esters C Hydrocarbons aliphatic C aromatic C halogenated C Ether C

1486